|
Search this site
|
|
|
searched word: Diatom
| Found 82 matching name(s) in Cu*Star database | | Diatom, Diatom deposits, Diatom frustule, Diatoma, Diatoma, Diatoma anceps, Diatoma anomalum, Diatoma anomalum var. curtum, Diatoma anomalum var. longissimum, Diatoma arcuatum, Diatoma auritum, Diatoma crystallinum, Diatoma ehrenbergii, Diatoma elongatum, Diatoma elongatum var. hybridum, Diatoma elongatum var. minor, Diatoma elongatum var. tenue, Diatoma fasciculatum, Diatoma fenestratum, Diatoma gracillima, Diatoma grande, Diatoma hyalinum, Diatoma hyemale, Diatoma hyemale var. hyemale, Diatoma hyemale var. mesodon, Diatoma hyemale var. quadratum, Diatoma marinum, Diatoma mesodon, Diatoma minima, Diatoma moniliformis, Diatoma obliquatum, Diatoma serrulata, Diatoma tabulatum, Diatoma tenue, Diatoma tenue var. elongatum, Diatoma tenue var. tenue, Diatoma vitrea, Diatoma vulgare, Diatoma vulgare var. breve, Diatoma vulgare var. capitulatum, Diatoma vulgare var. ehrenbergii, Diatoma vulgare var. grande, Diatoma vulgare var. lineare, Diatoma vulgare var. productum, Diatoma vulgare var. vulgare, Diatoma vulgaris, Diatomella, Diatomella balfouriana, Diatomineura, Diatomineura abdominalis, Diatomineura auripleura, Diatomineura bicolorata, Diatomineura californica, Diatomineura carnea, Diatomineura crocea, Diatomineura cydistra, Diatomineura fulgida, Diatomineura gagatina, Diatomineura hastata, Diatomineura hirtipalpis, Diatomineura ianthina, Diatomineura inflata, Diatomineura inornata, Diatomineura leucothorax, Diatomineura lineatithorax, Diatomineura longipennis, Diatomineura minima, Diatomineura montana, Diatomineura penetrabilis, Diatomineura pulchra, Diatomineura regisgeorgii, Diatomineura seminigra, Diatomineura virgata, Diatomineura yezoensis, Diatomocephala, Diatomocera, Diatomosira, Diatomovora, Diatomovora amoena, Diatoms, Diatoms not yet assigned to higher taxa, Diatomyzus, |
Found 83 match(es) in the Formal Descriptions | Amphitrema - Test: elliptical, compressed, attached a mixture of siliceous particles, Diatom frustules or flagellate cysts, a patterned cement network can be seen sometimes by scanning electron microscopy. Pseudostomes: 2, at opposite ends, elliptical, with or without short collar. Only A. wrightianum and A. stenostoma have been studied in more detail. In these species the protoplast nearly fills test, many filopods from protoplast at pseudostomes, often branched, to 150 µm long. Nucleus: spherical, with few small nucleolar globules. Symbionts: zoochlorellae. Habitat: wet sphagnum, peat bogs; indicator species in palaeolimnology (Tolonen, 1985). Four species, type: Amphitrema wrightianum Archer, 1869.
| Amphora - Raphid Diatom, typically with raphe curved as a 'c', valves may be strongly arched, with a well developed mantle on the dorsal side; intercalary bands often numerous. One two or four chloroplasts. The name comes from a two-handled jar with a narrow neck used by the ancient Greeks and Romans to carry wine or oil.
| Anisonema acinus - Cell outline is like a grain of barley. Cells are 21 to 40 microns long, 13 to 17 microns wide, flattened with a ventral groove, which diminishes posteriorly. There are about nine longitudinal pellicular grooves on each of the ventral and dorsal faces of the cell. In some cells, the grooves are fine and difficult to see but in a few cells they are deeper. There is debate as to whether this species has an ingestion organelle, it was described without such an organelle, in some cells no organelle is seen, but in other cells otherwise indistinguishable from mouthless cells, a mouth can be seen. The anterior flagellum is about 1.5 times cell length and beats freely from side to side. The cells may eat large particles of food, such as Diatoms. The trailing posterior flagellum is about 1.7 to 3.2 times the length of the cell, is thicker than the anterior flagellum, lies in the ventral groove, and tapers posteriorly. The flagellar pocket is located in the left side of the cell and the nucleus is in the right side. The cells glide smoothly, but jerk backwards when changing direction.
| Anisonema acinus - Gliding euglenid, cell outline oval or ovate with a slight indentation on left anterior margin, flattened and rigid, 20 µm - 40 µm long and 11µm - 18 µm wide. Pellicle with about 10 longitudinal broadly spaced (spacing 2 µm) ridges on each face of the cell; they may be hard to see,. A granular nucleus is located in the right hand side near the middle of the cell. Two emergent flagella arising from a flagellar pocket on the left. The anterior flagellum beats actively with a sweeping motion, and is about one or one and a half times the length of cell. The posterior flagellum is twice or three times the length of the cell and the distal region is broad and forms a hook after leaving the flagellar pocket. This flagellum lies in a ventral depression and trails along the substrate as the cell moves. The gliding of cells may be interrupted by sudden stops and cells jerk backward and then moves in a new direction. No ingestion apparatus was visible but cells contain Diatoms indicating the presence of an ingestion apparatus. A contractile vacuole is present on the left hand side and empties into the flagellar pocket. Excretion of undigested residues of food from the posterior region of the cell. Anisonema acinus was first described by Dujardin (1841) from freshwater sites in Europe. The genus Anisonema contains 31 species. Anisonema acinus is distinguished from Anisonema gaciale Larsen and Patterson, 1990 and Anisonema trepidum Larsen, 1987 because of size and lack of ‘frozen’ stages in movement. Anisonema prosgeobium Skuja, 1939 and Anisonema obliquum Roskin, 1931 have no surface groove but are otherwise similar to Anisonema acinus - the grooves may be very hard to see. Anisonema platysomum is similar in size but is described as having a mouth (Skuja, 1939). All four species may subsequently prove to be conspecific. Anisonema alpinum (Deflandre, 1925) is distinguished from Anisonema acinus because this species has a distinct flat cell shape, pellicle is smooth without ridges or grooves and the posterior flagellum is during swimming often directed straight anteriorly as well as the anterior flagellum of cell. Anisonema truncatum Stein, 1878 with a larger size (60 µm x 20 µm) and with an distinct ovate-acuminated posterior end of cell. Anisonema costatum Christen, 1962 with a size about 57 µm x 60 µm is distinguished because the surface of cell has well developed spiral ribs like species of the genus Gyropaigne (Christen, 1962).
The organisms described by Dujardin (1841), Playfair (1921) and Skuja (1939) as well as those from tropical marine sediments (Larsen and Patterson 1990) - are of a similar size. Those of Maskell (1887) are somewhat smaller, and those from the Wadden Sea are considerably larger (Larsen, 1987). Freshwater isolates have a contractile vacuole. Anisonema acinus is cosmopolitan
| Argynnia - Shell compressed, aperture surrounded by siliceous plates, giving it a rough outline. Shell greyish, composed of various euglyphid plates, mixed with Diatom fragments and mineral particles, porous cement. The structure of the test is intermediate between Nebela and Difflugia. Nucleus: ovular. This genus was proposed by Jung (1942) without type designation and validated by Vucetich (1974) including only three species from the southern hemisphere. Type species: Argynnia schwabei. Here Argynnia is used in a less restricted sense to allow for common and better known species with similar test structure, such as Argynnia dentistoma (Penard, 1890) (Synonym: N. dentistoma). Habitat: A. dentistoma is common in sphagnum or in acid humus other species live in freshwater sediments. Used in this broader sense Argynnia has about fifteen species.
| Bacillaria paxillifera - B. paxillifera is a pennate Diatom with a rectangular cell shape that can form colonies with adjacent cells sliding along each other. They can therefore occur as long extended 'chains' or ribbon arrays
| Bursaria truncatella - Members of the genus Bursaria are extremely large heterotrich ciliates, from 250-1700 microns in length. Cells are usually slightly yellow or brown. Ovoid in shape, generally with rounded posterior and truncate anterior ends, giving the cells a scoop-like appearence. Slightly dorso-ventrally flattened, with a deep keyhole-shaped peristome begining at the anterior and terminating in the central part of the cell. This allows Bursaria to ingest large particles such as Diatoms and dinoflagellates. Oral ciliature comprises of a prominent adoral zone of membranelles which spirals into the huge buccal cavity. In addition, a long row of fragmented kineties are located on the right wall of the buccal cavity. Somatic ciliature is uniform, densely ciliated, consisting of longitudinal kineties. There are numerous small contractile vacuoles. Typically one band-like macronucleus. Habitat and distribution: planktonic, freshwater and marine, world-wide. Not uncommon.
| Centropyxis - Testate amoeba, test discoidal, flat, somewhat beret-shaped; dorsal surface rounded, ventral flat to concave; aperture ventral, may be circular to uneven but displaced towards one end; may be flattened at apertural end; fine spines may be present on edge, may be at one end only or all around the periphery; surface smooth, dorsally with many quartz grains and a little cement, ventrally polished-looking due to more cement and much smaller grains in test. Two widespread shell types. The first is bilaterally symmetrical, rounded, flattened more at front than at rear; ventral face flat; often spines at sides and rear; pseudostome: ventral, anterior, roundish, dorsal and ventral lips recurved, invaginated, often bridged from ventral margin to dorsal face of the test, shell can be organic or constructed with mineral particles or Diatoms, shape, number of spines and size extremely variable, prefer freshwater habitats., for example, C. aculeate. The second form has a circular shell or elongated in ventral view, in lateral view oral region slightly flattened, aperture subterminal, only ventral lip incurved, no bridges from ventral to dorsal face, some are common in freshwater habitats and sphagnum most species of this group are found in drier mosses and humus. More than 130 species and many varieties have been described but many descriptions are not adequate. Type species: Centropyxis aculeata (Ehrenberg, 1838).
| Ciliophrys azurina - Ciliophrys with tapering arms; nucleus with a central nucleolus and additional peripheral heterochromatin; the cell 15 microns in diameter, with radiating arms with extrusomes. The single flagellum is held in front of swimming cells, and in non-swimming (feeding) cells the flagellum is held tightly curled, typically in a double 'figure of 8'. The nucleus is large, prominent and has a nucleolus and clumps of material located around the inner face of the nuclear envelope. Observed consuming Diatoms.
| Ciliophrys infusionum - Ciliophrys, in the heliozoan stage the cells are about 4 - 9 microns across, and have a central nucleus and one flagellum held in a figure of eight. The cells are spherical with delicate pseudopodia extending radially from the body and bearing extrusomes. The cells may change from the heliozoan stage with pseudopodia and a slow beating flagellum to a swimming flagellate without pseudopodia and with the flagellum beating rapidly. In swimming cells, the nucleus is located apically. Observed to consume suspended bacteria. When feeding, bacteria adhere to the pseudopodia and then are drawn to the body. The cells eat Diatoms up to 18 microns long.
| Clathrella - Medium sized (about 50 µm) amoeboid organism living in a tight fitting unstalked siliceous lorica from which branched and granulated pseudopodia arise. With one nucleus. Reported from a freshwater site in Northern Europe, consuming Diatoms and other detritus. Type species. C. foreli.
| Cryothecomonas aestivalis - Colourless flagellates; in the free, motile stage, oblong to oval, 9-12 microns long and 4-5 microns wide; two apically inserted flagella, anteriorly directed flagellum 15 microns long; posteriorly directed flagellum up to 25 microns. Feeds on the marine planktonic Diatom Guinardia delicatula. Flagellate penetrates the Diatom frustule. Trophonts gradually phagocytize the host cytoplasm by means of a pseudopodium, which emerges posteriorly through a gap in the theca. Theca delicate, consisting of two layers, occasionally lacking. Trophonts and division stages with shortened, in part basally thickened flagella. Mature trophonts give rise to 8-32 new flagellates (swarmers). Defecation before the last division.
| Difflugia - Species with an agglutinated shell, with terminal, round, oval, lobed or teethed (but never slit-like) aperture, some with necklace but never with internal diaphragma. The pseudopodia are broad and with rounded ends (are lobose). Test always composed of mineral particles or Diatoms in a structured or sheet-like organic cement. Many Difflugia select and arrange the building material according to size and shape to construct a species specific shell. The nucleus is mostly ovular in some species vesicular. Several freshwater species have green symbionts. The taxonomy of this genus is based mainly on differences in shape and size of their agglutinated shells. As the test is often opaque, cytoplasmic characters are rarely used. Small differences in shell size, shape or composition have been sufficient for many authors to describe more than 300 species and about 200 subspecies, varieties or forms with little regard to the value of the characters used, the previous literature, or the rules of nomenclature. Many of these descriptions are inadequate by modern standards and therefore the determination to species level is extremely difficult, even for the specialist; many species are common in freshwater sediments or between water plants others like D. hydrostatica are planktonic, D. lucida lives in dry mosses and soil. Feeding: mainly algae and fungi. Type species D. proteiformis Lamarck, 1816.
| Difflugia acuminata - Testae amoeba, lorica is brown, cylindrical with a pointed or acuminate aboral region. The surface is rough and covered with quartz particles and occasionally with fragments of Diatoms. The aperture is circular and often covered with a thin layer of organic cement which gives it a smooth outline. Length of shell 100-300 microns, breadth of shell 35-95 microns, diameter of aperture 36 microns.
| Difflugia bacillariarum - Testate amoeba, lorica colourless, ovoid and circular in transverse section. It is composed of thin siliceous plates overlaid by Diatom frustules. The aperture is circular, but the shape is often masked by Diatom shells. Length of shell 67-100 microns, breadth of shell 40-44 microns, diameter of aperture 22-24 microns.
| Difflugia brevicolla - Testate amoeba, the shell is transparent, yellow or light brown, spherical with a short neck. The neck, in ventral view, varies from being easily visible to being obscured by shell components, but at either extreme it is usually apparent in apertural view. It is composed mainly of a mixture of small Diatom frustules, small pieces of quartz and silioeous cysts of chrysomonad flagellates. In addition, the empty shell cases of smaller testate amoebae, for example Trinema, are often attached to the shell and aggregations of material are sometimes attached to the aboral extremity. The organic cement is only occasionally visible because the shell material is so well packed, but it appears either as a matrix with small rings or as small spheres and rings. The aperture is circular, bordered by an arrangement of small particles and Diatoms, and it usually has a regular even outline. A smooth cyst membrane seals the mouth of the aperture in some specimens. Length 66-110 microns, breadth 48-97 microns, diameter of aperture 22-42 microns.
| Difflugia distenda - The test is transparent, pyriform with the aboral extremity acutely curved towards a small central tubular horn, although the extent of the angle may be less acute in a few specimens. It has an intermediate smooth surface and thickness, being composed mainly of small to medium pieces of quartz, with occasional Diatom frustules added. Areas of organic cement are sometimes seen in the shell matrix as a network, with a mesh 0.35-0.4 microns in diameter and walls 0.15-0.2 microns thick. The aperture is circular and usually surrounded by an even arrangement of small particles. Body length 217-270 microns, breadth 109-135 microns, diameter of aperture 58-64 microns.
| Difflugia elegans - Testate amoeba, the shell is brown, ovoid with an acuminate aboral region which terminates in a tubular horn, and there is a distinct constriction posterior to the aperture. In transverse section it is circular, and is composed of sand-grains and Diatom frustules. The aperture is circular and surrounded by an irregular arrangement of particles and Diatoms. Length of shell 80-158 microns, breadth 30-99 microns, diameter of aperture 39-55 microns.
| Difflugia globulosa - Testate amoeba, lorica is brown, spherical or hemispherical, usually composed of large quartz particles but may also include Diatom frustules. The general appearance is a rough shell although some smoother forms have been seen. The aperture is circular, and surrounded by smaller particles which often appear smooth due to the overlying cement. Diameter of shell 70-119 microns, depth of shell 79-113 microns, diameter of aperture 33-58 microns.
| Difflugia labiosa - The test is brown, ovoid with the apertural end truncate, and is composed of assorted quartz particles and Diatom frustules. The aperture is surrounded by a shallow undulating lip, which may appear lobed, whilst the neck of the aperture is often recessed into the body of the shell. Length of shell 150-275 microns, breadth of shell 118-160 microns, diameter of aperture 52-65 microns.
| Difflugia lacustris - The shell is transparent or hyaline, elongate, cylindrical or slightly pyriform. It is composed of small to medium pieces of quartz, Diatom frustules and small siliceous flagellate cysts blended together to form a thin structure intermediate between smooth and rough. Only small areas of organic cement occur at the junction of the shell components. The cement is in the form of thick-walled rings, between 0.7-0.8 microns in diameter, perforated with either three or four holes, 0.12-0.16 microns in diameter, which gives these units a similar shape to a button. The cement may occasionally be seen either as rings with a slight indentation or as a network of joined rings. When organised as a network the walls of individual rings may be fused together but the typical button-like form are usually seen at the edges. The aperture is usually circular and surrounded by small particles so that the margin is smooth. Length 140-231 microns, breadth 63-94 microns, diameter of aperture 26-42 microns.
| Difflugia linearis - The test is transparent, flask-shaped or elongate pyriform, having a long thin neck with parallel sides and a slightly swollen, rounded aboral region. The surface is sometimes slightly uneven because of projecting particles, but generally it has a regular outline. It is composed of a mixture of flattened pieces of quartz, small whole, flat Diatom frustules, fragments of flattish frustules, small siliceous shell plates and round flagellate cysts. Small areas of organic cement, in the form of a network with an open mesh, are occasionally seen. The open mesh has a diameter of about 0.3 microns and walls 0.1 microns thick. The aperture is circular and usually surrounded by small particles. Length 96-108 microns, breadth 32-38 microns, diameter of aperture 12-13 microns.
| Difflugia lithoplites - Testate amoeba, the lorica is brown, ovoid with a slight constriction near the aperture to form a small collar; and is circular in transverse section. It is composed of small quartz particles and some Diatom shells. The aperture is circular and has an uneven outline. Length of shell 100-140 microns, breadth of shell 99 microns, diameter of aperture 47 microns.
| Difflugia lucida - Testate amoeba, shell is transparent, ovoid, gracefully curved aborally but tapering more gradually towards the aperture to give a well defined outline, and laterally compressed. It is thin, smooth and composed mainly of flattish pieces of quartz with an occasional siliceous shell plate or Diatom frustule added, these particles are usually arranged so that they meet but do not overlap. Small areas of organic cement, in the form of a network, are seen as part of the shell matrix. The network is often an arrangement of rings whose internal diameter is about 380-480 nm with walls 95-125 nm thick. The aperture is elliptical and surrounded by irregularly arranged particles which give a rough outline to the immediate apertural region. Body length 67-91 microns, breadth 40-55 microns, depth 23-37 microns, diameter of aperture 23-29 microns, depth of aperture 13-19 microns.
| Difflugia oviformis - The test is light brown, sub-spherical or ovoid, tapering evenly to the aperture. It is composed of small siliceous elements, and occasionally some Diatom shells, irregularly arranged and bound by cement to produce a smooth surface. Small pores are often seen in the cement between adjacent elements. The aperture is surrounded by a thick collar of organic cement, which divides the opening into either three or four lobes. Length of test 60-120 microns, breadth of 30-90 microns, diameter of aperture 15-30 microns.
| Difflugia penardi - Testate amoeba, lorica is transparent or yellow, ovoid and circular in transverse section. It is thin, usually has a regular outline, and is composed mainly of small Diatom frustules arranged on an organic matrix. Although the major part of the shell is made of specimens belonging to the Diatom genera Cocconeis and Achnanthes, larger Diatom shells and spherical siliceous cysts of chrysomonad flagellates may also be incorporated. The aperture is small and circular. Length of shell 60-94 microns, breadth of shell 30-54 microns, diameter of aperture 17-19 microns.
| Difflugia pulex - Testate amoeba, lorica is transparent, elongate or ovoid. It is composed mainly of a mixture of small thin pieces of flat quartz and pieces of Diatom frustule, often with whole frustules or round flagellate cysts adhering to the surface. The arrangement of these particles is such that only small strands of organic cement are visible. The aperture is usually circular but may vary due to the arrangement of the surrounding particles. Length 28-43 microns, breadth 21-30 microns, diameter of aperture 7-10 microns.
| Difflugia richmondiae - Testate amoeba, lorica is oval, anteriorly truncated. Surface with various granules inclusive of Diatom frustules. Pseudopodia thick or dense. Length 14 microns, 12 microns wide, orifice 3 microns.
| Difflugia venusta - Testate amoeba, lorica is pale yellow or hyaline, cylindrical; gradually swelling from the aperture for about two-thirds of the body length to the broadest diameter and then tapering sharply in the last third to the bluntly pointed apex. It is composed mainly of small to medium pieces of quartz and Diatom frustules arranged to give a relatively regular, intermediate smooth outline apart from the occasional addition of a larger angular piece of quartz or Diatom frustule. Small areas of organic cement are sometimes visible as a thick walled network with a covered mesh, but more often as thick walled rings about 450-600 nm in diameter and walls 150-220 nm. The aperture is usually circular and surrounded by small particles that give it an irregular margin. Body length 174-188 microns, breadth 68-76 microns, diameter of aperture 30-32 microns.
| Difflugina - Testate amoebae, test composed of mineral grains, Diatoms or collected scales or plates; or of endogenously formed siliceous or calcite elements of various shape (idiosomes) both held together by an ( abundant organic cement, or is completely chitinoid; pseudopods digitate, granular.
| Dinema litorale - Cell length varies from 45 to 95 microns. Cells are spindle-shaped to ovate, with about 30 striations running longitudinally along extended cells or helically in contracted cells. Cortical grooves may be underlain by long thin inclusions. The wedge-shaped ingestion apparatus is located slightly to the right of the midline of the cell, with two rods clearly visible and extending at least halfway down the cell. Refractile granules cluster around the top of the ingestion apparatus. The flagellar pocket is difficult to see. Nucleus is spherical and slightly located in the posterior part of the cell. The anterior flagellum may be as long as the cell. The posterior flagellum is about 0.5 to 1.5 times cell length and is thick at its base and tapers towards the tip - as in Anisonema. The cells move by smooth gliding interrupted with sudden stops, and may jerk back while becoming more spherical and then continue gliding. Often with many refractile granules. Consumes Diatoms up to 56 microns long.
| Dinema platysomum - Cells are elliptical, 20 to 32 microns long, flattened and flexible. There are about 20 pellicular striations on ventral and dorsal faces of the cell. The ventral striations are more distinct than the dorsal ones. The two flagella are unequal in length. The anterior flagellum is slightly thickened, is about 1.2 times the length of the cell and sweeps from side to side. The trailing posterior flagellum is thicker and is most strongly developed proximally. It lies in a ventral groove and is about 2 to 2.5 times the length of the cell. The flagellar pocket is located in the left side of the cell and the large elliptical nucleus is located on the right half in the middle of the cell. The wedge-shaped ingestion apparatus may be easily seen. The cells occasionally stop and jerk when changing direction and then move again. The cells contained Diatoms as food.
| Dinema validum - Cell outline is oblong to ovate. Cells are 32 to 53 microns long, 22 to 27 microns wide, with a slightly thickened pellicle, metabolic. There are about 16 wide longitudinal striations on both faces of the cell and these follow an S-helix. Dorsal striations are more distinct than ventral ones. The anterior flagellum is as long as the cell and beats with a sweeping motion. The posterior flagellum is approximately 3 times the cell length, is thicker than the anterior flagellum and emerges as a hook from the flagellar pocket, which is in the left hand side of the cell. The wedge-shaped ingestion apparatus has two rods but may be difficult to see at times. It extends halfway down the cell. The cells consumed Diatoms as long as 16 microns. The nucleus is usually in the right posterior end of the cell but may be in the left side. The cells move by gliding and may undergo squirming movements. When changing direction, the cells jerk backwards and then continue to move forward.
| Diophrys salina - A small (30-40 microns long) hypotrich. The outline of the body is characteristically oval without any obvious lateral concavities but there is a posterior indentation where the 3 large caudal cirri arise. The dorsal surface is strongly convex, but the ventral surface is flattened. The peristome region extends to the centre of the body, with an adoral zone of membranelle on the left and a well developed undulating membrane on the right. The frontoventral cirri are arranged in two groups with 4 right anterior 'frontals' and 4 'ventrals' situated immediately behind, and to the right of, the peristome. There are no left marginal cirri. Five transverse cirri lie between the caudal and 'ventral' cirri. Feeds on Diatoms, algae and bacteria.
| Ebria - Internal siliceous element with three branches. Flagella hard to see. Sometimes with multiple nuclei. Widespread in coastal temporate, tropical and boreal waters, less common in oceanic areas; eurythermal and apparently somewhat euryhaline. Possibly only one species. : E. tripartita (Shumann, 1867) Lemmermann 1899. Nutrition herbivorous, primarily nanoplanktonic Diatoms, occasionally dinoflagellates.
| Frontonia atra - Peniculine ciliate, 100-400 micrometres in length, easily confused with the smaller Frontonia acuminata (60-150 micrometres). Body as a flattened lemon, rounded anteriorly, tapering in the posterior to a blunted point. Darkly pigmented cytoplasm, sometimes with a colorless zone at each pole of the cell, or with a darkly pigmented spot in the anterior third. Cytostome a rounded triangle, with the wide end toward the posterior; long postoral and short preoral suture. Single macronucleus, ellipsoid; single contractile vacuole, nearly equatorial on right side. Abundant trichocysts. Common and widespread in fresh water. Feeds on Diatoms and other algae.
| Frontonia leucas - Medium to large Peniculine ciliate, 150-600 micrometres in length. Oval body, sometimes slighty tapered in the posterior. Uniformly ciliated, with plentiful trichocysts. Single contractile vacuole, with prominent radiating canals. Mouth in the anterior third, normally small, oval, with three longitudinal membranes on the left, a single paroral on the right, and a distinct postoral suture. The oral aperture is capable of expanding up to two thirds of the length of the cell. Colour often brownish, or grey, in transmitted light, but may be colorless. Ovoid macronucleus. A versatile feeder, which will eat oscillatoria, Diatoms, rotifers, testate amoebae, bacteria and even, in certain cases, other members of its own species. Widespread, common, freshwater and estuarine.
| Frontonia vernalis - Peniculine ciliate, eats Diatoms, green algae, and other large particles of food, but has symbiotic green algae. Members of the genus have postoral kineties usually to left of oral poykinetids. Left edge is more curved than right edge; cytopharynx with numerous strong fibrils; ectoplasm with numerous fusiform trichocysts; macronucleus oval; one to several micronulei. Widespread but usually in regions with limited or unreliable oxygen supply. Ecology: - B.J.Finlay, U.G.Berninger, L.J.Stewart, R.M.Hindle, and W.Davison; Some factors controlling the distribution of two pond-dwelling ciliates with algal symbionts (Frontonia vernalis and Euplotes daidaleos). J.Protozool. 34(4):349-356, 1987.
| Fungi - The term fungus has more than one meaning. It is best limited to members of the kingdom Fungi - in which the normal trophic form is a system of filaments or mycelia and from which spores are occasionally produced. Feeding usually occurs through the mycelia, and the spores usually facilitate distribution and help the fungus colonize new habitats. The true fungi have their evolutionary origins within the chytrids (some taxonomists include these within the fungi). In addition to the true fungi, a number of other evolutionary lineages have produced fungus-like organisms. The most similar are the oomycetes, a lineage that is related to Diatoms and brown algae - all being members of the stramenopiles. Other fungus-like organisms include amoeboid slime moulds. The true fungi are heterotrophic organisms. The cytoplasm is enclosed within a chitinous cell wall. While the majority of species grow as multicellular filaments called hyphae, with all of the hyphae together form a mycelium, some species (such as yeasts) also grow as single cells. Sexual and asexual reproduction of the fungi is commonly via spores, often produced on specialized structures (mushrooms). Some species have lost the ability to form specialized reproductive structures, and propagate solely by vegetative growth. Yeasts, moulds (molds), and mushrooms are examples of fungi. The fungi are more closely related to animals than plants, even though the discipline devoted to the study of fungi, known as mycology, often falls under botany. True fungi lack flagella, but the chytrid ancestors are unicellular organisms that swim using flagella. Occurring worldwide, most fungi are largely invisible to the naked eye, living for the most part in soil, dead matter, and as symbionts of plants, animals, or other fungi. They perform an essential role in many ecosystems in decomposing organic matter and are indispensable in nutrient cycling and exchange. Some fungi become noticeable when fruiting, either as mushrooms or moulds. Many fungal species have long been used as a direct source of food, such as mushrooms and truffles and in production of bread, and in fermentation of various food products, such as wine, beer, and soy sauce. Fungi are sources for antibiotics (such as penicillin) used in medicine and for various enzymes such as cellulases, pectinases, and proteases important for industrial use or as active ingredients of detergents. Many fungi produce bioactive compounds called mycotoxins, such as alkaloids and polyketides that are toxic to animals including humans. Some fungi are used for hallucinogenic effects. Several species of the fungi are significant pathogens of humans and other animals, and losses of crops due to fungal diseases (e.g., rice blast disease) or food spoilage caused by fungi can have a large impact on human food supply and local economies.
| Hastigerinidae - Globigerine foraminifera, test surrounded by a bubble-like capsule of vacuolated cytoplasm; no algal, dinoflagellate or Diatom symbionts, but seems to be exclusively heterotrophic, synodic lunar periodic reproduction cycle; low latitudinal distribution and commonly inhabits deep or intermediate water layers.
| Heleopera - Shells of the genus Heleopera are always laterally compressed, aperture terminal lenticular or slit like with thin organic rim, in contrast to Nebela with acute notches at edges. Beside colourless or yellow, several red or purple species are common. Test composed of collected euglyphid body plates, mineral particles or Diatoms. These elements are often coated and reinforced with siliceous material. In contrast to Nebela numerous finger like pseudopodia. All species have an ovular nucleus. More than a dozen species, the type species Heleopera sphagni (Leidy, 1874). has zoochlorellae and is abundant in the green horizon of wet sphagnum. Feeding: H. sphagni uses mainly its symbionts, most other species are predators of small euglyphids. Habitats: Lake sediments, mosses and soil.
| Heleopera rosea - Testate amoeba, the lorica is red, ovoid and laterally flattened. It is composed mainly of irregularly arranged siliceous shell plates, with only a few quartz particles or Diatoms added to the aboral region. The aperture is terminal, angular in outline and appears to be a thin, linear slit, bordered by a thin band of organic cement. Length of shell 68-135 microns, breadth of shell 43-107 microns, depth of shell 51-57 microns, diameter of aperture 47-73 microns.
| Heteronema larseni - Cells are ovate, 35 to 48 microns long, flattened, with a posterior point to the cell. Approximately 36 pellicular striations follow an S-helix. The striations of the ventral face are more distinct than the dorsal ones. The striations appear to overlap each other, with raised ridges being separated by flat regions. Some but not all cells have globular granules located along the grooves. This species is capable of squirming movements, but not vigorously so. The anterior flagellum is about the length of the cell and bends to the right while the cell is swimming. The posterior flagellum bends to the left while swimming, is slightly longer than the cell and is stronger than the anterior flagellum. The posterior flagellum is swollen near its base. The ingestion organelle has two conspicuous thick rods and extends to two thirds of the length of the cell. Consumes Diatoms, one cell containing Diatoms up to 22 microns long. The reservoir is pear-shaped and in the left half of the cell. The nucleus is about 15 microns long and located in the left side of the cell near the midline. About 2 microns size refractile bodies lie around the reservoir, ingestion organelle and nucleus. The cells move by skidding in close contact with the substrate.
| Heteronema ovale - Cell outline is ovate. Cells are 15 to 30 microns, flattened, and metabolic. The pellicular striations follow a S-helix on the ventral and dorsal faces of the cell and may or may not have associated refractile bodies. This species is capable of vigorous squirming movements. Two flagella are of almost equal length and are slightly longer than the cell. The posterior flagellum has a knob at its base and is stronger than the anterior flagellum. The ingestion organelle has two rods, and the species eats Diatoms. The reservoir and nucleus are located in the left side of the cell. The cells move by skidding or by vigorous squirming in contact with substrate.
| Heteronema pterbica - Biflagellated, highly metabolic, gliding euglenid, cell shape varying from rounded, to ovate or cylindrical but not flattened. Cells 35 - 90 microns long. The anterior end of the cell is flat, the posterior end of cell tapers to a point. The canal opens obliquely, through a slit-like opening. There are two flagella; unequal in length. The anterior flagellum is thick, directed anteriorly during swimming or gliding and is about or slightly more than 1.0 cell length. The recurrent flagellum is thinner than the anterior one, curving posteriorly and is about 0.5 cell length or slightly longer. The pellicle has characterisically 15-20 strongly developed ribs which follow an S-helix, and are spaced about 2.5 microns apart. The ingestion apparatus is composed of fine rods which have may be up to half the length of the cell. A spherical nucleus is present in the middle of cell and has a granular appearance. A contractile vacuole is located dorsally near the flagellar pocket. The cell contains completely small roundish lens-shaped refractile grains and often several ingested Diatoms.
| Jenningsia - Heteronematine euglenid, gliding metabolic euglenid, with large ingestion apparatus and phagotrophic; one emergent flagellum, distinguished from Peranema by the absence of a recurrent flagellum; type species J. Diatomophaga Schaeffer, 1918.
| Laackmanniella - Tintinnid ciliate, long lorica; tubular collar, spirally wound, hyaline; aboral end of lorica always open; typically adherent Diatoms on bowl
| Lecquereusia spiculosa - Testate amoeba, lorica broader than long, the tube very stright and distinct, and much to one side, the body with beautifully circular outline. Test smooth, and apparently rather more chitinous than usual, studded with small, straight spicules disposed confusedly, here and there a few coarse granules, especially towards the centre of the test. The spicules do not appear to be Diatoms. Length 108 microns, breadth 127 microns, orifice 42 microns. Reported as Lesquereusia spiculosa, but Lesquereusia is an incorrect, though widely used, amendation of the original genus name, Lecquereusia.
| Lembadion bullinum - Peniculine ciliates, 120-200 micrometres in length. Plumply ovoid, with a vast buccal cavity, nearly as long as the entire body and about half as wide. Large membranelles on left side of the mouth opening; a smaller paroral on the right. Somatic ciliation holotrichous. Caudal cilia in a tuft, 40-50 micrometres long. Contractile vacuole dorsally positioned, connected to the ventral surface by a long tubule. Macronucleus reniform or sausage-shaped, subterminal. Eats Diatoms, flagellates, ciliates, green algae. Marine, and fresh water, in shallow ponds (often in association with sulfur bacteria).
| Lesquereusia - Test with asymmetrical neck, more or less attached to the body; composed of endogenous siliceous rods or other species with collected mineral particles, always structured mesh-like cement. Ovular nucleus. Feeding: herbivore (Diatoms, green algae). Habitat: aquatic mosses or sediments. 16 species, Type species: Lesquereusia spiralis (Ehrenberg, 1840). Species differ mainly in shape of the siliceous rods, the amount of mineral particles used and the orientation of the neck. This genus was erected by Schlumberger (1845) and named after the swiss naturalist Lesquereux. By lapsus it was first published as Lecquereusia; this was emended by Hopkinson (in Cash & Hopkinson, 1909).
| Metanema - Sphenomonadine euglenids, flattened cells, limited capacity to squirm, equal flagella which often bend in opposite directions when skidding-gliding, freshwater and marine, often common in marine sediments, no ingestion apparatus visible by light-microscopy, although cells with ingested Diatoms have been observed. No type species selected.
| Ministeria vibrans - Cells are 1.2-4 microns (usually 2.5microns), arms 3.5-8microns, stalk 2-16.5 microns. Cells are spherical with between 16 and 30 (20 seems usual) fine radiating arms spaced at regular intervals. The arms vary in length, but are all of the same length on all individual cell. Cells arc frequently seen attached to surfaces (Diatoms, filamentous cyanobacteria or detrital flocs) by a stalk. The stalk is thicker than the arms at the proximal end, but is frequently extended by a fine cytoplasmic thread which seems identical to the arms except that it can greatly exceed them in length. When attached, cells are sometimes seen to vibrate; the purpose and mechanism of this activity is unknown. Cells in mono-culture only rarely have stalks. When cells are in contact with a surface (e.g. on a microscope slide) they can shift position slightly, with the aid of the arms, which bend slightly during the process.
| Nebela - Test: ovate, pyriform, elongate or with a long neck, always compressed sometimes with lateral pores. Yellowish, transparent often with predated siliceous plates or Diatom frustles in an unstructured organic cement. Ovular nucleus. Most Nebela sp. are predators of small Euglyphida. Habitat: common in mosses (sphagnum) and soil. Loeblich & Tappan (1964) have designated Nebela numata Leidy, 1874 as valid type species which unfortunately is a junior subjective synonym of Nebela collaris (Ehrenberg, 1848).
| Nebelidae - Shell composed of shell plates of small euglyphids (e.g. Euglypha, Trinema, Tracheleuglypha), or plates of Quadrulella and Diatom fragments. The assumption in the older literature that the Nebelidae can synthesize their own siliceous ideosoms has not been proven. There is some evidence from scanning electron microscopy that members of the genus Argynnia can coat foreign building material. Usually Nebelidae fix the building material in a sheet-like organic cement matrix, which is normally visible between the plates, only Argynnia and Physochila use distinct cement units. When building materials are limited the test of some species are completely organic (e.g. N. tincta, A. cockayni).
| Netzelia - Shell ovoid, circular in cross-section, pseudostome lobed with a thick organic rim or a necklace made of small idiosomes. Species of Netzelia differ from lobed species of Difflugia in their ability to build their test completely from endogenous siliceous elements (idiosomes) although they can use small sand grains, Diatoms or undigested algal cell walls as supplementary building material. These xenosomes are always smoothed and modified by the deposition of silica. The idiosomes often have a nail like shape. All particles are held in position by perforated cement units and are arranged in a single layer. Outline usually regular, but one species (N. tuberculata) often has protuberances to give a mulberry-like appearance. Habitat: aquatic vegetation and sphagnum. Type species N. oviformis (Cash, 1909).
| Netzelia oviformis - Testate amoeba, the lorica is elongate, ovoid, sometimes yellow or brown in colour, robust. Outline regular, constructed of flat mineral grains, fragments of Diatom frustules and secreted siliceous idiosomes in assorted mixtures to give a smooth surface. Organic cement building units seen as part of general shell matrix, each unit having distinct pores on both inner and outer faces. Aperture tri- or four-lobed surrounded by a thick, pronounced, organic necklace. Single, vesicular nucleus with central nucleolus, one contractile vacuole, cytoplasm not filling shell cavity; pseudopodia numerous simply branched. Range of measurements, 67-87 microns, breadth 45-67 microns, diameter of aperture 17-26 microns.
| Netzelia tuberculata - Testate amoeba, the lorica is ovoid, circular in transverse section, robust. Outline usually with regular protuberances or bosses to give mulberry-like appearance, but can be smooth. Constructed of flat mineral grains, Diatom fragments and idiosomes. Organic cement units as part of shell matrix. Aperture with six or seven indentations or roughly circular, surrounded by a thin necklace of small particles which sometimes give lobes a denticular appearance. Single, ovular nucleus 27-33 microns in diameter with several peripheral nucleoli. Single, large contractile vacuole, cytoplasm occupying two-thirds of the cavity; pseudopodia numerous. Idiosomes often visible in the cytoplasm.
| Netzelia tuberculatus - Testate amoeba, the lorica is ovoid, circular in transverse section, robust. Outline usually with regular protuberances or bosses to give mulberry-like appearance, but can be smooth. Constructed of flat mineral grains, Diatom fragments and idiosomes. Organic cement units as part of shell matrix. Aperture with six or seven indentations or roughly circular, surrounded by a thin necklace of small particles which sometimes give lobes a denticular appearance. Single, ovular nucleus 27-33 microns in diameter with several peripheral nucleoli. Single, large contractile vacuole, cytoplasm occupying two-thirds of the cavity; pseudopodia numerous. Idiosomes often visible in the cytoplasm.
| Paramphitrema - Shell elliptical, compressed with two apertures at opposite poles more or less ending in two tubes. Two types of filopodia either thin and branching or thick with only one per pseudostome during rapid locomotion. Shell elliptical, compressed, two apertures at opposite poles, tubes usually long sometimes with terminal collar, deformable during feeding. Test insoluble in concentrated hydrochloric acid, covered with small mineral particles. Plasma fills the shell completely, bright granules and rusty brown pigment from the ingested Diatoms. Ecology: marine and freshwater, algivore. Three species; Type species: Paramphitrema pontica Valkanov, 1970, two of the species have been originally assigned to Amphitrema (Penard, 1903).
| Peranema dolichonema - Cells are long sack-shaped and about 30 microns (20-45 microns) long with longitudinal pellicle striations half to one micron apart. Body narrowed anteriorly, broadening posteriorly, to a width 1/3-1/2 of the cell length. The posterior end rounded or dimpled or may be oblique. The ingestion organelle is short and relatively weakly developed. Two fine rods measure about one quarter the length of the cell and open near the posterior end of the slit of the flagellar pocket. The rods are narrow and taper posteriorly, their anterior ends are thickened and joined by an arc of cytoskeletal material. The anterior flagellum is about 1.5 - 1.8 times longer than the cell and its anterior part beats with a flailing motion, and the posterior flagellum lies in a narrow ventral groove and may or may not project from the rear of the cell - the body in this region may be depressed around the flagellum. The reservoir is situated deeply in the cell and the nucleus is located in the posterior part of the cell. The flagellar pocket opens with a short slit running along ventral surface. Cells eat Diatoms, other algae and detritus. The nucleus is located near the centre of the body and has a lobed nucleolus. Extrusomes short and refractile, typically in small clusters and oriented at right-angles to cell surface; most often seen in the ‘neck’ region (area of ingestion rods). Extrusomes of P. dolichonema appear similar to those in P. trichophorum, those of P. dolichonema are typically found in clusters and oriented perpendicular to the cell – rather than along the direction of the grooves. Individuals with fine-spaced grooves and/or a non-projecting posterior flagellum have some similarity with P. inflexum.
| Phaeosphaeridae - Phaeosphaerid phaeodarea, skeleton lacking; peripheral cytoplasm contains shells of other protists (Diatoms, silicoflagellates, dinoflagellates, etc.) and enclosed by much phaeodium. Intracapsular phaeodium present.
| Phryganella acropodia - Testate amoeba, the lorica is transparent or light yellow/brown, almost circular or slightly larger than hemispherical in lateral view. It is thin, composed mainly of siliceous shell plates and small flat Diatom frustules cemented together with an apparently amorphous organic cement. The cement often covers the shell material to give it a smooth coat. The aperture is circular, clearly defined, variable in width and surrounded by a band of smooth organic cement. Diameter of shell 30-50 microns, depth 27-38 microns, diameter of aperture 14-28 microns.
| Pirsonia - Marine predatory flagellates which feed on Diatoms by attaching to the outside and intruding a pseudopodium through the frustule. attacking algae (Diatoms). With two flagella, one anterior one posterior; the flagella may or may not be lost during feeding. Exclusively reported from Europe, several species. Type species P. guinardiae Schnepf et al., 1990.
| Pirsonia diadema - Flagellates 8-10 microns long, 3-4 microns wide. Anterior flagellum 16-18 microns, posterior flagellum 35-40 microns long. Attacks Diatoms, flagella disappear soon after attachment to a host. Primary auxosomes are apple-like in shape, up to 10 microns in diameter. First divisions generally longitudinal, but unequal "transversal" divisions set in relatively soon in development. Development asynchronous. Vegetative host Diatoms are invaded only through rimoportulae of the valves.
| Platyophrya similis - CIliate, 90-150 x 40-50 microns, very flexible and slightly contractile. Bursiform, dorsal side convex, ventral usually sigmoid, anterior end oblique truncate, posterior broadly rounded. Flattened about 2:1, anterior portion curved hook-like (lost in prepared specimens) and used to cling to soil particles. Macronucleus near cell centre, spherical, rather small (in vivo about 18 microns diameter) compared to size of cell; darkly stained centre and alveolated periphery distinguishable after protargol impregnation; nucleoli roundish, in periphery. Micronucleus about 5.3 x 4.3 microns, strongly refractive, attached to macronucleus. Contractile vacuole distinctly subterminal, surrounded by small collecting vesicles during diastole; single ventro-lateral excretory pore, cuts off 2-3 somatic kineties causing distinct suture in somatic infraciliature. Cortex slightly furrowed by ciliary rows, contains innumerable mucocysts (about 1 microns) which give cell yellowish colour at low magnification. Cytoplasm remarkably vacuolated, opaque, contains numerous 0.3-0.8 microns sized granules and some greasily shining, spherical inclusions up to 5 microns in size. Well-fed specimens have many 10-20 microns sized food vacuoles containing ciliates, heterotrophic flagellates, green algae and Diatoms. Movement slow by rotation about main body axis, usually burrowing between soil particles and bacterial masses. Cilia paired, more closely spaced in anterior half of cell; right lateral kineties with about 70, left lateral with about 50 dikinetids each. Oral aperture large, about 16 x 5 microns. Paroral membrane comprises about 40 ciliated dikinetids. Approximately 20 tongue-like adoral organelles. Postoral pseudomembrane composed of about 32 kineties with 2 dikinetids each. Pharyngeal basket large, proximally dilated, right side with fine, left with thick nematodesmal fibres.
| Platyophrya sphagni - Shape highly variable, depending on condition of cell, basically reniform to bursiform, anterior end more narrowly rounded than posterior, flattened laterally up to 2:1, transverse view thus ellipsoid. Specimens swimming for some time, for instance when samples were shaken repeatedly, usually become more slender, distinctly fusiform and slightly sigmoidal. Distinctly contractile and highly metabolic, fully contracted specimens about 30 um long and bursiform. Metaboly very conspicuous, but usually recognizable only under coverslip pressure and especially when burrowing for food in bacterial flocs. Such specimens lack a definite shape and behave like a naked amoeba. Nuclear apparatus in centre of cell, macronucleus globular in vivo 9-13 um across and studded with very small granules (bacteria?), nucleoli small and pale; micronucleus lenticular, in vivo about 4 x 2.5 um, in small indentation of macronucleus. Contractile vacuole distinctly subterminal near ventral side, excretory pore on right side beneath kineties 7 and 8, which are shortened, i.e. abut to pore. Cortex very flexible, about 1 um thick, bright, slightly orange-coloured by mucocysts. Mucocysts arranged in loose rows between somatic kineties, globular, 0.5-0.7 um across, very compact and thus distinctly bright, extend to up to 10 um long rods in silver carbonate impregnated cells. Cytoplasm colourless, but specimens appear bright green due to symbiotic algae. Food vacuoles 4-5 um across, usually containing U-shaped, colourless bacteria and/or ellipsoidal, reddish bacteria, both found in the slimy bacterial masses usually inhabited by P. sphagni; rarely, large Diatoms are ingested. Swims rather fast, but usually P. sphagni burrows within smile bacterial masses showing great metaboly, as described above. Symbiotic algae ellipsoidal and highly variable in number, provide cell with conspicuous green colour. Chlorplast cylindrical with longitudinal furrow and 1-2 globular, acentral pyrenoids. Resting cysts globular, 34-38 um across (n = 4), green by symbiotic algae, have some brownish inclusions, possibly digested zoochlorellae. Cyst wall about 0.5 um thick, colourless, without recognizable ornamentation. (ref. ID; 2307)
[Somatic and oral infraciliature] As described by Kawakami (1991) and in other members of genus, differing mainly in morphometric details. Ciliary rows slightly spirally arranged, composed of dikinetids throughout, both basal bodies of dikinetids ciliated at right side, anterior cilium lacking in most dikinetids of left side. Left side distinctly more loosely ciliated than right. Oral opening slightly subapical, minute (about 4 x 3 um) and thus difficult to recognize in live specimens. Paroral membrane C-shaped, cilia only 3 um long, stick together forming distinct membrane. Anteriormost adoral organelle frequently smaller than others, as in Japanese population (Kawakami, 1991), cilia of adoral organelles about 5 um long and directed backwards when inactive. Postoral pseudomembrane distinct, composed of 2 closely spaced rows each comprising 13-16 ciliated dikinetids. Silver line system also as in congeners (Foissner 1993), i.e. reticulate with distinct median silverline between each two ciliary rows on both sides of the cell. Frequently, granules occur in silverlines, very likely indicating mucocysts sites. (ref. ID; 2307)
Measurements; Extended specimens in vivo about 60 x 28 um, size, especially length little altered by preparation procedures, specimens impregnated with protargol or the dry silver nitrate method shrunken 10% on average.
Wilhelm Foissner and M.Kreutz; Redescription of Platyophrya sphagni (Penard 1922) Foissner 1993 (Protozoa, Ciliophora). Linzer biol.Beitr. 28/2:745-756, 1996
| Platyophrya spumacola - CIliate, length highly variable, 30-120 microns, usually about 80 x 35 microns. Shape similarly variable, but usually bursiform; well and overfed trophonts ellipsoid to pyriform. Anterior end bearing oral apparatus obliquely truncate, projects only slightly above ventral surface, posterior end rather broadly rounded. Dorsal side slightly to markedly convex, ventral somewhat sigmoid. Theronts and moderately nourished trophonts flattened about 2:1, sometimes slightly curved in ventral view. Overfed trophonts less or not flattened. Macronucleus conspicuously small compared to size of cell, about 12 microns in diameter, usually in posterior half of cell. Nucleolus reticulate. Micronucleus lenticular, within perinuclear space of macronucleus. Contractile vacuole subterminal (distance from excretory pore to posterior end of cell: 7-15 microns), surrounded by small collecting vesicles during diastole, a cycle lasts about 20 seconds at 27 degrees centigrade; single, ventro-lateral excretory pore between kineties 7/8-9/10, cuts off 2-3 somatic kineties causing rather distinct suture in somatic infraciliature. Cytopyge near posterior end of cell. Cortex highly flexible, indistinctly furrowed by somatic kineties, may be considerably stretched by food items; contains many spherical, about 1 microns sized, yellowish mucocysts having spongious fine structure and high affinity to protargol. 4-5 rather irregular rows of mucocysts between each 2 kineties, converge anteriad to abut T-like on pasoral metnbrane; oral aperture ringed by accumulation of mucocysts. Cytoplasm colourless; in theronts hyaline, in trophonts coarsely granulated by 1-4 microns sized greasily shining globules and many food vacuoles. Feeds preferably on heterotrophic flagellates (Bodo, Spumella), but also on bacteria, baker's yeast, fungal hyphae, Nostoc, Diatoms, Chlamydomonas, Phacus and small ciliates like Colpoda steinii and Tetrahymena pyriformis. Basal bodies paired, arranged in 17-34 (usually about 25) slightly spirally coursing rows. Cilia about 7 microns long, usually paired on right side and in anterior portion of dorsal kineties, single in left lateral ciliary rows, where anterior basal bodies of dikinetids lack cilia. Kineties on right side more narrowly spaced (2-4 microns) and more densely ciliated (number of dikinetids: 41-52) than those on left (2.6-5.3 microns, number of dikinetids: 39-50). Border between right and left side kineties indistinct. Dikinetids in anterior portion of cell more closely spaced than in posterior half. Postoral pseudomembrane distinct, composed of about 25 kineties. Paroral membrane slightly to distinctly curved, consists of about 50 ciliated (3 microns long) dikinetids. 10-15 (usually 10) adoral organelles each composed of 2 kineties with 3 cilia 5 microns long or of 2 kineties with 4 and 2 basal bodies each or of 3 kineties with 3 basal bodies each. Pharyngeal basket conspicuous, extends to centre of cell, composed of nematodesmata whose microtubules are packed squarely on right and hexagonally on left.
| Podophrya halophila - Heterotrich ciliate, 200-250 micrometres long. Body shape quite variable, often elongate, 6-7 times as long as it is broad. Colorless, to pale yellowish or red. Peristome 1/3 to as much as 1/2 the length of the body, with undulating membrane on the right side. Somatic ciliation thick, cilia somewhat longer at anterior pole. Single macronucleus, a long ellipsoid. Eats bacteria, Dunaliella, small Diatoms. Found in hypersaline waters.
| Pontigulasia - Shell pyriform, sometimes with a constriction between the main body and the neck, in transverse-section either circular or compressed, aperture terminal, circular, in the region of the constriction the shell is divided internally into two parts, in contrast to Zivkovicia in this genus by a narrow mainly organic bridge with few attached mineral particles which connects both broad sides. The test is composed mainly of agglutinate mineral particles with some Diatom frustules. Type species: Pontigulasia rhumbleri Hopkinson, 1919. In embedded specimens the internal bridge can be observed as a dark structure in lateral view. Feeding: herbivore. Habitat: freshwater plants, sphagnum and sediment.
| Protaspis obliqua - Cells are slightly oval or roundish, 8 to 32 microns long, 10 to 27 microns wide, dorso-ventrally flattened and with thickened cortex. There is a ventral median groove; cell indented anteriorly and posteriorly where the groove meets margin. Subapically, the right margin of the groove forms a protrusion. With two flagella inserting under the protrusion; the anterior flagellum is about 0.5 times the length of the cell and the posterior flagellum is about 0.5 to 1.5 times the length of the cell. The nucleus is without nuclear caps, is located subapically in a median position, is rounded and is 5 to 13 microns in diameter. The cells may contain food particles or Diatom up to 24 microns long.
| Pseudonitzschia australis - Pseudo-nitzschia is a pennate Diatom that can be between 75-144µm long according to Hasle (1965). In valve view the middle part of the cell has more roughly parallel margins while the valve ends are slightly rostrate. The fibulae are more distinct than the interstriae. There are 12-18 interstriae and fibulae per 10 µm and 2 rows of poroids per stria. There are 4-6 poroids per 1µm.
| Quadricilia - Spherical cell with four smooth, slightly unequal and acronematic flagella, which are almost twice as long as the cell. Pseudopodia may be formed and adopt amoeboid motion. Ultrastructure unknown. One free-living marine swimming species, Quadricilia rotundata (Skuja, 1948) VÀrs, 1992, often found in association with Diatom blooms.
| Reticulamoeba - Marine amoeba with delicate radiating branching and anastomosing pseudopodia linking smaller masses of cytoplasm. Feeds on Diatoms, and produced biflagellated swarmers. Very similar to Leucodictyon which differs because cell bodies are enclosed in loricas and because cells tend to be more aggregated, especially when feeding, marine.
| Rhynchopus - Diplonemids, Rhynchopus amitus, the type species, was described from Baltic plankton with an elongate pear-shaped body, often more concave along one side than the other. An anterior papilla separated the ingestion apparatus from the flagellar pocket, and the two flagella barely emerged from the pocket of the creeping cell; also seen feeding on the cytoplasm of the planktonic Diatom Coscinodiscus, the gills of the crab Cancer irroratus and more recently from the blood and gills of the Norway lobster, Nephrops norvegicus. When starved, these isolates readily produce Bodo-like motile flagellates and it is suggested that the presence of a fully flagellated dispersive phase in the life-cycle serves to distinguish Rhynchopus from Diplonema. Encysted stages are also produced.
| Schizocladus - Reticulate plasmodium; few, large (33 - 44 µm) nuclei; plasmodium in a matrix consisting of endogeneous and exogeneous particles in a clear, mucilaginous substance; no solid wall; supportive rods run through the plasmodium and the matrix; body up to 10 mm, branched dichotomously, bush-like, funnel-shaped; body surface even and smooth; brown-yellow, grey, or olive tinge; appears longitudinally striated; plasmodium formed as a network of irregularly anastomosing sheets and strings, mainly running longitudinally; matrix semitransparent mucilaginous substance; includes crystals of 4-24 µm in diameter which are probably calcareous and yellowish brown xanthosomes (11-35 µm diameter); exogeneous particles include mineral grains, fragments of sponge spicules and crustacean exoskeletons, Diatom tests, etc.; each branch contains at least one longitudinal, unbranched, elastic, supportive rod >1mm, circular in cross-section, 3.5-8 µm thick; differs from Xenophyophorea and Foraminifera primarily in lack of solid wall structures; type and currently cole species: Schizocladus sublittoralis Cedhagen & Mattson, 1992. Distribution: On clay bottoms at 55-75 m depth in Gullmarsfjorden, Swedish west coast.
| Silicoflagellata - The Silicoflagellata (known in botanical literature as the Dictyochophyceae Silva 1982) comprises three small (c. 30 extant species) but distinctive groups of free-living protists sometimes counted among the chrysomonads (chrysophytes): the silicoflagellates sensu stricto, the pedinellids, and the rhizochromulinids. These organisms, according to recent research, form a clade that is most closely related to pelagomonads and Diatoms (Saunders et al. 1995). In some classifications (Cavalier-Smith 1993; Saunders et al. 1995) silicoflagellates, pedinellids, and pelagomonads are each afforded class status. Silicoflagellata are small to medium size unicellular protists (range 5-50, exceptionally to 500 µm), usually occurring either as flagellates or as axopodial amoebae. As in most other members of the heterokont/stramenopile clade, the youngest (anterior or only) flagellum on swimming cells bears tripartite tubular hairs. The defining characteristic is the presence of cytoplasmic microtubules that arise from differentiated pads (presumed nucleating sites) on the nuclear envelope. These microtubules extend into the axopodia, although they may be present even when axopodia are not expressed. The axopodial microtubules are either not united into axonemes or they form axonemes consisting of three microtubules; this feature distinguishes Silicoflagellata from the actinophryid amoebae, in which the axopodial axonemes contain numerous, highly organized microtubules. No root microtubules are associated with the kinetid in flagellate cells, a feature that links Silicoflagellata with pelagomonads and separates them from other heterokont/stramenopile taxa. Also lacking is the transitional helix typically found distal to the transition zone between kinetosomes and flagella in other heterokonts, but two rings (or a helix of two gyres) may be present proximal to the transition zone. This feature also links Silicoflagellata and pelagomonads. Most species of Silicoflagellata are photosynthetic, containing chloroplasts with thylakoid membranes in stacks of three and the chrysomonad pigments (chlorophylls a and c, fucoxanthin), but a few pedinellids are known that lack chloroplasts. Silicoflagellates sensu stricto form complex siliceous external skeletons, which fossilize well. From these palynomorphs, a silicoflagellate fossil record including several form genera and extending back to the Cretaceous is known. Other Silicoflagellata are naked or have a covering of organic scales. For these taxa, no fossil record is known. Silicoflagellata are common in marine planktonic and benthic habitats. Blooms are usually benign, but a few have been associated with fish kills although toxins have not been identified. Some species of pedinellids are known from fresh water. Species of Silicoflagellata may have complex asexual life histories including several different trophic stages and cysts, but sexual reproduction has yet to be observed. Accounts of the structure, reproduction and diversity of Silicoflagellata have been given by Moestrup and Thomsen (1990), Moestrup (1995) and O'Kelly and Wujek (1995).
| Stenosemella lacustris - Tintinnid ciliate, lorica heart-shaped, rarely conical, circular in cross-section, average size 45x47 microns, collar about 4 microns high, covered with foreign particles. Wall about 2 microns thick, formed by agglomerated mineral particles 1-5 microns in size, remains of Diatom shells sometimes present in wall between mineral particle. Collar evident by light microscopy, thinner than lorica wall (<1 microns thick), covered with single layer of mineral particles. Under scanning electron microscope, division between collar and lorica not clear owing to apparent continuity of covering. Conversely, two to three flat rings seen on inner collar wall under scanning electron microscope not visible under light microscope. Body of ciliate vase-shaped, about 50% contractile, only slightly longer than lorica, attached to posterior end of lorica by short stalk. Macronuclear segments ellipsoidal, located close together in centre of cell. Five to six myonemes arising from stalk, posterior end with ampule-like swelling. Cortex soft and flexible. Cytoplasm colourless, hyaline, containing few granules and food vacuoles with unidentified content. Somatic and oral infraciliature very complicated, therefore description best presented as illustrations rather than tedious description. Kinety arrangement similar in many respects to that of Codonella cratera and particularly Tintinnopsis baltica. Monokinetids and dikinetids present. Dikinetids at beginning of somatic kineties bearing 20 microns long cilia which are obliquely spread and very conspicuous in vivo.
| Stephanopogon mobilensis - Cells are flask shaped with a flat ventral and convex dorsal surface; 19-25 microns long by 15 microns wide; body drawn out into short neck which terminates in five distinct points; two to three small 2-3 microns vesicular macronuclei; two contractile vacuoles terminal; feeds exclusively on Diatoms.
| Stramenopiles - Circumscription: A major assemblage of tubulocristate protists, including taxa with and without chloroplasts. Plastids if present with chlorophylls a and c. Most flagellated taxa with one short and one long flagellum but some with only one flagellum. The long flagellum usually carrying tripartite tubular hairs that reverse the thrust from the flagellum. In a few cells the hairs are absent and in one lineage they may be attached to the body surface. Cells may also be aflagellated, amoeboid, or mycelial, may be extremely large (some brown algal kelps). Cells may have scales, organic walls, or inorganic walls. Includes parasites, saprophytes, autotrophs, and heterotrophs; includes some taxa with great species diversity (e.g., Diatoms). Ultrastructural identity: This group has considerable diversity, with few features common to all species. Mitochondria have tubular cristae, usually with two flagella but one group of lineages have a single flagellum, and another lineage has many flagella arranged in rows (kinetics). if two basal bodies are present, they are typically anchored by four microtubular roots. Plastids are present in many species, with three thylakoids per lamellae and with a stigma usually included within the plastid. Dictyosomes present. Extrusomes may be present or absent. Mitosis typically with fragmenting membrane and microtubules arising from external to the nucleus, most usually from the bases of the flagella. Synapomorphy: Tubulocristate protists with tripartite tubular hairs, but there has been secondary loss of this character in some subsets.
| Trithigmostoma cucullulus - Hypostome ciliate, ovoid in shape with the upper surface domed, 150 microns long and dorsoventrally flattened. The opening of the oral aperture is oval and the cytopharyngeal basket is protrusible. Somatic ciliature is mainly restricted to the ventral surface and consists of several longitudinal kineties on the right which curve around the anterior. There are three paroral kineties and the third one curves around the right side of the oral aperture. The preoral kinety furthest from the aperture lies along the suture line. The macronucleus is large and ovoid. Feeds on microalgae - such as Diatoms.
| Urceolus costatus - Cells are ovate, about 40 - 48 microns long, flexible and with an ingestion organelle with two well developed rods. The collar on the anterior part of the cell is less than 10 microns diameter. The posterior end of the cell is rounded. The cells have strong widely spaced striations. There is one emergent flagellum, which is about the cell length. A lot of food materials and Diatoms about 20 microns are present. The position of the nucleus is variable. The cells move by squirming and gliding.
| Urostyla grandis - Urostylid ciliate, 300-400 micrometres long. Body shape an elongate ellipsoid; sometimes ovoid or oblong. Flexible. Rows of marginal cirri covering ventral surface on either side of midventral complex. 10-20 transverse cirri, in a row diagonal to midline, higher on the left. Macronucleus in 100 or more parts. Contractile vacuole on left, behind the peristome. A voracious feeder, consuming rotifers, Diatoms, flagellate algae. Fresh water.
| Woodruffia rostrata - Colpodid ciliate, 120-180 microns to 100-140 x 30-50 microns. Shape variable but usually Chilodonella-like, with more or less distinctly projecting, bluntly pointed rostrum. Dorsal side convex, ventral sigmoid. Postorally slightly to distinctly widened, posterior end usually broadly rounded. Oral area slightly compressed, postoral portion cylindroid. Macronucleus globular to ellipsoid, about 18 x 11 microns in living cells; nucleoli spherical. One small, ellipsoid (about 2 microns in living cells) micronucleus attached to macronucleus. Contractile vacuole at posterior end, surrounded by small vesicles sometimes forming short, anteriorly projecting canals. Some excretory pores subterminally at left side. A huge defecation vacuole with granular contents may develop in the posterior portion of cell. Cortex thick, distinctly furrowed by somatic kineties. 1-2 rows of cortical granules, probably mucocysts, between each 2 somatic kineties. Cytoplasm colourless and with dense, fine granulation. Feeds on cyanobacteria, Pandorina, ciliates, Diatoms, and desmids. May attach to soil particles when gliding. Swims both right and left spirally. Cilia paired, in life about 10 microns long. Somatic kineties commence around oral aperture and course slightly to moderately spirally posteriad, those of right side more densely ciliated than those of left (number dikinetids: 45-70); indistinct suture in posterior ventral third formed by some shortened ciliary rows abutting on unshortened kineties of right side. Oral apparatus a slightly depressed, diagonally crescentic slit extending along anterior right lateral quarter of cell, appears surrounded by flexible, dilatable membrane. Paroral membrane on inner side of right vestibular wall, accompanied by strongly refractive, transversely striated structure (very likely fine nematodesmata), consists of ciliated dikinetids. Adoral organelles along left vestibular slope, consist of 4 kineties each, distal kinety shortened by one basal body. 1-2 adoral organelles in very short preoral suture, consist of 2 kineties each. Thick nematodesmata that support the left wall of pharynx originate from base of adoral organelles.
|
| Found 635 match(es) in the Image Captions | Achnanthes - Achnanthes sp. (Bacillarophyta, Pennales) is a small (length ca. 10 um) unicellular Diatom occurring in the Kinneret littoral zone in the benthos, but also in the plankton and as epiphytes. At least 3 species of Achnanthes occur in the lake. Achnanthes usually grows on agar when we try to isolate other species from the lake plankton. This picture of Achnanthes grown in culture shows the cells from both top view (elongated oval shape) and valve view (rectangular shape).
| | Akashiwo sanguinea - Akashiwo sanguinea (Hirasaka)Hansen & Moestrup (as Gymnodinium sanguineum) was reported in Australia by Larsen, J., 1994 in Unarmoured dinoflagellates from Australian waters I. The genus Gymnodinium (Gymnodiniales, Dinophyceae). Phycologia, 33, 24-33 and as Gymnodinium splendens Lebour 1925 was reported by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study. 
| Alexandrium affine - Alexandrium affine (Fukuyo & Inoue) Balech was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1992 in Harmful algal blooms in the Australian region. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 25, 186-190 and by Hallegraeff, G.M., Valentine, J.P., Marshall, J-A., and Bolch, C.J., 1997 in Temperature tolerance of toxic dinoflagellate cysts, application to the treatment of ships' ballast water. Aquatic Ecology, 31, 47-52 and by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Blackburn, S. I. and Oshima, Y., 1991 in Species of the toxigenic dinoflagellate genus Alexandrium in southeastern Australian waters. Botanica Marina, 34, 575-587 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by de Salas, M. F., van Emmerik, M.J., Bolch, C.J., Negri, A. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 2000 in Genetic affinities of the Australian PSP dinoflagellates Alexandrium catenella, A. tamarense and A. minutum, introduced or endemic? International Conference on Harmful Algal Blooms, 9th Conference, Hobart, Tasmania, p. 214 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Steffensen, D.A. and Wetherbee, R., 1988 in Three estuarine Australian dinoflagellates that can produce paralytic shellfish toxins Journal of Plankton research, 10, 533-541 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Steffensen, D.A. and Wetherbee, R., 1988 in Three estuarine Australian dinoflagellates that can produce paralytic shellfish toxins Journal of Plankton research, 10, 533-541 This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Alexandrium tamarense - Alexandrium tamarense (Lebour) Balech 1985 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1993 in A review of harmful algal blooms and their apparent global increase. Phycologia, 32, 79-99 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Bird, P., Hewson, I., Watkinson, A. and Dennison, W., 2000 in Effects of increased nutrients on ciguatera associated dinoflagellates of the Great Barrier Reef. International Conference on Harmful Algal Blooms, 9th Conference, Hobart, Tasmania, p. 85 and by Jeffrey, S. W., 1968 in Photosynthetic pigments of the phytoplankton of some coral reef waters Limnology and Oceanography, 17, 350-355 and by Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Phytoplankton Ecology of Australasian Waters. In Clayton, M and King, R.J. (eds) Biology of Marine Plants, pp. 310-348 Longman Cheshire and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Griffin, D.A., Thompson, P.A., Bax, N.J., Bradford, R.W., and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1997 in The 1995 mass mortality of pilchard, no role found for physical or biological oceanographic factors in Australia Marine Freshwater Research, 48, 27-42 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Algae - This is a small piece of detritus taken from a sponge that wwas suspended in the water of Mono Lake and it shows how the sponge has been colonize by primary producers - mostly Diatoms and cyanobacteria. Phase contrast micrograph.
| Allogromia laticollaris - This individual is surrounded by the empty frustules of Diatoms it has consumed. Image courtesy of Jeffrey L. Travis, University at Albany.
| | Amphidinium carterae - Amphidinium carterae Hulburt 1957 was reported in Australia by Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm coreeddy of the East Australian current. II. A note on pigment methodology. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 295-301 and by Murray, S. and Patterson, D. J., 2002 in The benthic dinoflagellate genus Amphidinium in south-eastern Australian waters, including three new species. European Journal of Phycology, 37, 279-298 and by Larsen, J. and Patterson, D. J., 1990 in Some flagellates (Protista) from tropical marine sediments. Journal of Natural History, 24, 801-937 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1981b in Seasonal study of phytoplankton pigments and species at a coastal station off Sydney, Importance of Diatoms and the nanoplankton. Marine Biology (Berlin), 61, 107-118. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Amphidinium cucurbita - Amphidinium cucurbita was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Amphidinium extensum - Amphidinium extensum Wulff 1916 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. III. Further collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 17, 1-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Amphiprora - Diatoms are algae which live in little glass boxes or frustules - rather like little petri dishes. Pennate Diatoms are motile, and rely on, we believe, the excretion of mucus through a slit in the wall - the slit is the raphe and runs down the flat faces of the petri dishes (frustules in Diatom terminology). The frustule is perforated with tiny holes to allow the Diatom to excrete waste products, and pick up nutrients, dissolved gases etc. from the surrounding water. The one is seriously asymmetric. Phase contrast.
| Amphiprora - Amphiprora (am-fee-pro-ra). Pennate Diatoms are usually regarded as boat shaped, although some of the boats have very odd shapes. They can usually glide. This particular form is very common in sediments - the form apparently allowing the cell to penetrate through the pores of the sediments. Although enclosed in a siliceous shell, the shell of these rather delicate Diatoms is flexible. The plastids contain chlorophylls a and c which gives the yellowy-brown colour. Phase contrast.
| Amphiprora - Pennate Diatom seen in girdle view. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. This image is a view from the side and shows the girdle strips. Differential interference contrast.
| Amphiprora - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. Pennate Diatoms are important in intertidal and illuminated subtidal sediments in marine ecosystems and primary producers. Pennate Diatoms are capable of movement, relying on the raphe to produce thrust. Movement benefits Diatoms which may move towards the light, recover their location after disturbances by overlying water currents, wave actions, animal burial and so on. Several species illustrated. Phase contrast.
| | Amphisolenia astragalus - Amphisolenia astragalus was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Amphisolenia asymmetrica - Amphisolenia asymmetrica was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Amphisolenia testa - Amphisolenia testa was reported in Australia by Balech, E., 1962 in Tintinnoinea y Dinoflagellata del Pacifico segun material de las expediciones Norpac y Downwind del Instituto Scripps de Oceanografia. Revista del Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, Sciencias Zoologia, 7, 1-253 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Amphora - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. Pennate Diatoms are usually regarded as boat shaped, although some of the boats have very odd shapes. They can usually glide. This particular form is very common in sediments - the form apparently allowing the cell to penetrate through the pores of the sediments. Although enclosed in a siliceous shell, the shell of these rather delicate Diatoms is flexible. The plastids contain chlorophylls a and c which gives the yellowy-brown colour. Differential interference contrast.
| Amphora - Amphora (am-fore-a) a pennate Diatom. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. This pennate Diatom with asymmetric raphes located on margins of the cell. Differential interference contrast.
| Amphora - Amphora (am-for-a) is a pennate Diatom with plastids with chlorophylls a and c giving the yellow brown colour, siliceous walls, and lipid storage inclusions. Differential interference contrast.
| | Amphora - Amphora (am-for-ah) pennate Diatom, two cells with chloroplasts located to either side of the nucleus which is in the centre of the cell. Differential interference microscopy (ish).  data on this strain.
| | Amphora - Amphora (am-for-ah) pennate Diatom, with chloroplasts located to either side of the central nucleus. Phase contrast microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Amphora - Diatom. Cell observed in sandy and muddy marine sediments in the vicinity of Broome, Western Australia in September 2003. This image was taken using differential interference contrast optics. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Amphora - Diatom. Cell observed in sandy and muddy marine sediments in the vicinity of Broome, Western Australia in September 2003. This image was taken using differential interference contrast optics. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Anisonema acinus - Anisonema (a-nice-o-neme-a) is one of the gliding heterotrophic euglenids, common. It has a distinctive pattern of movement, moving forwards with one thicker flagellum trailing and the other flagellum extending in front and sweeping from side to side in front of the cell, and then periodically jerking backwards. This movement is associated with the strong recurrent flagellum which, as it leaves the cell, follows a curve or hook. The genus is defined in part by not having a mouth that is visible by light microscopy, but this cell has clearly been eating Diatoms. Differential Interference Contrast.
| Anisonema acinus - Anisonema (a nice-owe-knee-ma) acinus Dujardin, 1841. Cell outline is like a grain of barley. Cells are 21 to 40 microns long, 13 to 17 microns wide, flattened with a ventral groove, which diminishes posteriorly. There are about nine longitudinal pellicular grooves on each of the ventral and dorsal faces of the cell. In some cells, the grooves are fine and difficult to see but in a few cells they are deeper. The cells have a chisel-shaped ingestion organelle, which is difficult to observe at times. The anterior flagellum is about 1.5 times cell length and beats freely from side to side. The trailing posterior flagellum is about 1.7 to 3.2 times the length of the cell, is thicker than the anterior flagellum, lies in the ventral groove, and tapers posteriorly. The cells contain Diatoms up to 25 microns long and one cell had four Diatoms as long as 13 microns The flagellar pocket is located in the left side of the cell and the nucleus is in the right side. The cells glide smoothly, but jerk backwards when changing direction. Commonly observed.
| Anisonema acinus - Anisonema acinus Dujardin, 1841. Cell outline is like a grain of barley. Cells are 21 to 40 microns long, 13 to 17 microns wide, flattened with a ventral groove, which diminishes posteriorly. There are about nine longitudinal pellicular grooves on each of the ventral and dorsal faces of the cell. In some cells, the grooves are fine and difficult to see but in a few cells they are deeper. There is debate as to whether this species has an ingestion organelle, it was described without such an organelle, in some cells no organelle is seen, but in other cells otherwise indistinguishable from mouthless cells, a mouth can be seen. The anterior flagellum is about 1.5 times cell length and beats freely from side to side. The cells may eat large particles of food, such as Diatoms. The trailing posterior flagellum is about 1.7 to 3.2 times the length of the cell, is thicker than the anterior flagellum, lies in the ventral groove, and tapers posteriorly. The flagellar pocket is located in the left side of the cell and the nucleus is in the right side. The cells glide smoothly, but jerk backwards when changing direction.
| Anomoeoneis - Pennate Diatom, valve view of an empty frustule (shell). Phase contrast optics.
| Araphid diatom - Unidentified Diatom from Lake Pontchartrain water column. Identification is pending. Nomarski interference contrast optics.
| Asterionella formosa - of the colonial Diatom, Asterionella formosa (Hassall, 1850). The linear frustules have expanded ends. The frustules of the colony are connected by gelatinous cushions at the larger of their two ends in a radial array all in more or less the same plane The yellow chloroplasts are seen here. Blooms of this Diatom may impart a disagreeable fishy taste to fresh water. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho January 2003. Phase contrast illumination.
| Asterionellopsis - This colonial Diatom was in a plankton-net sample taken from Fernald's Landing, summer 2005. This image is of live material, p[hase contrast optics.
| Asterionellopsis glacialis - Helical arranged cell colony. Differential interference contrast.Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Asterionellopsis glacialis - Helical arranged cell colony. Phase contrast.Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Astrammina triangularis - A DIC image of the cell body. The circular mass within the cell is the nucleus; the elongate form just below it is a Diatom frustule. Image courtesy of Samuel S. Bowser, Wadsworth Center. This image first appeared in J. Foram Res. 32:364-374 (2002) and is used with permission.
| Aulacoseira granulata - Aulacoseira (formerly Melosira) granulata (Bacillariophyta, Centrales) is one of the most common Diatoms of Lake Kinneret, and certainly the major phytoplankton biomass contributor in winter (Dec – Feb), when the water column is homothermal. Typically, it occupies the entire 43 m water column. At the end of the winter bloom in early March the filaments sink and remain in the sediments in a dormant form with compressed chloroplasts till they are resuspended when the lake destratifies the following fall. It is a relatively large filamentous Diatom, with cell diameter of 9 – 15 μm (median: 12.4 μm), cell height of 27-37 μm (median: 31 μm), and mean cell volume of 3700 μm3. The Kinneret Aulacoseira granulata filaments are straight, typically with 8 - 24 cells per filament. The picture shows the typical equal length marginal spines at the perimeter of the end-cell, these are “linking spines†which hold adjacent cells together. The chloroplasts fill the entire cells. This specimen was sampled from the shore of the lake in June 2006.
Aulacoseira granulata is a widespread centric Diatom in the phytoplankton of lakes, reservoirs and rivers world-wide but particularly in African lakes and rivers, including the Nile River, L Naivasha, Kenya. It is typical of carbonate-rich, moderately eutrophic to eutrophic waters. It is used as indicator species of water with relatively low concentrations of salts, pH less than 9, and high silica concentrations.
| Bacillaria paxillifer - Bacillaria (bass-ill-air-ee-a) paxillifer is an unusual but distinctive pennate Diatom. Many cells are joined together with valve face against valve face. The frustules interlink, and individual cells can slide relative to each other. The colonies (about 20 cells in this one) can consequently scrunch up or extend for long distances. Phase contrast.
| Bacillaria paxillifer - Bacillaria (bass-ill-air-ee-a) paxillifer is an unusual but distinctive pennate Diatom. Many cells are joined together with valve face against valve face. The frustules interlink, and individual cells can slide relative to each other. The colonies can consequently scrunch up or extend for long distances. Phase contrast.
| | Bacillaria paxillifer - Bacillaria (bass-ill-air-ee-a) paxillifer, a colonial planktonic Diatom, in which many cells join by their raphes, and can slide against each other. The resulting arrays are capable of extending and retracting, not exactly like a pantograph, but not too different either. This species from the plankton, some say it is the same as the benthic B. paradoxa. This image shows a number of colonies. Bright field. data on this strain.
| | Bacillaria paxillifer - Bacillaria (bass-ill-air-ee-a) paxillifer, a colonial planktonic Diatom, in which many cells join by their raphes, and can slide against each other - the resulting arrays capable of extending and retracting, not exactly like a pantograph, but not too different either. This species from the plankton, some say it is the same as the benthic B. paradoxa. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Bacillaria paxillifer - Bacillaria (bass-ill-air-ee-a) paxillifer, a colonial planktonic Diatom, in which many cells join by their raphes, and can slide against each other - the resulting arrays capable of extending and retracting, not exactly like a pantograph, but not too different either. This species from the plankton, some say it is the same as the benthic B. paradoxa. This image shows a detail of several cells. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Bacillaria paxillifer - Acid-cleaned frustule of this Diatom, from the water column of Lake Pontchartrain. Nomarski interference contrast image.
| Bacillaria paxillifera - Cleaned frustule of this Diatom, collected in plankton tow from the marine water column off Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts. Image by Charley O'Kelly.
| Beaver Lake - Pine needles and other plant fragments provide nutrients and the shallow water allows sunlight to penetrate the mud. Brown Diatom communities collect in shallow depressions aroung the edge of the lake. Older pine needles have been colonized by white-colored communities of bacteria. Image by Brett Leigh Dicks.
| Biddulphia - Phasde contrast micrograph of living Diatom - cracked.
| Biddulphia - A Diatom - they should have made it from glass.
| Centric diatom - Centric Diatom collected from the Yellowstone River. Each cell of this species is a small cylinder linked together with another to form a long filament. The cells do not have raphes and cannot move. The brown structures inside are the chloroplasts.
| | Centric diatoms - Centric Diatoms observed in freshwater sediments in the vicinity of Broome, Western Australia in September 2003. This image was taken using differential interference contrast optics. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Centric diatoms - Centric Diatoms observed in freshwater sediments in the vicinity of Broome, Western Australia in September 2003. This image was taken using differential interference contrast optics. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Centropyxis - Test of Centropyxis cf. aculeata spec with embedded frustules of pennate Diatoms.
Sample from a freshwater pond on the island of Hiddensee (Baltic Sea, Germany). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Centropyxis aculeata - Scanning electron micrograph showing a great number of Diatoms making up the agglutinated test of a C. aculeata.
| | Centropyxis aculeata - Test of Centropyxis cf. aculeata with embedded frustules of pennate Diatoms. The scale bar indicates 50 µm. Sample from a freshwater pond on the island of Hiddensee (Baltic Sea, Germany). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. The images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera. Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| | Centropyxis ecornis - Apertural view. The images were taken with an objective with a medium aperture (nA 0.65). The fine structure of the shell (built-in shells of Diatoms, proteinaceous pores of the matrix) is already visible. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. Collected from a pond on the isle of Hiddensee (German Baltic Sea). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. The images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera. Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| | Centropyxis ecornis - The images were taken with an objective with high aperture (nA 1.4). The fine structure of the shell (built-in shells of Diatoms, proteinaceous pores of the matrix) becomes clearly visible. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. Collected from a pond on the isle of Hiddensee (German Baltic Sea). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. The images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera. Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| | Centropyxis ecornis - Top view of another specimen with circular test. The images were taken with an objective with high aperture (nA 1.4). The fine structure of the shell (built-in shells of Diatoms, proteinaceous pores of the matrix) becomes clearly visible. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. Collected from a pond on the isle of Hiddensee (German Baltic Sea). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. The images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera. Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| Ceramium tennicorne - The red alga Ceramium tennicorne act as epibiotic habitat for peritrich ciliates and araphid Diatoms fixed with mucilaginous stalks.
Collected from Bodden, the brackish waters lying between the isles of Hiddensee and Ruegen (German Baltic Sea). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Cerataulina - Chain forming centric Diatom with distinctive 'spikes' at the ends of the cells. This organism was common in the water column. And what is that strange skeleton upper right?
| Cerataulina pelagica - Chain forming Diatom, which produces wing like extensions one valve end, which link adjacent cells. This is a cosmopolitan species.
| | Ceratium arcuatum - Ceratium arcuatum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium armatum - Ceratium armatum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium axiale - Ceratium axiale Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium breve - Ceratium breve (Ostenfeld & Schmidt 1901) Schroeder 1906 was reported in Australia by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium bucephalum - Ceratium bucephalum (Cleve 1897) Cleve 1901 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium buceros - Ceratium buceros (Zacharias 1906) Schiller 1937 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium candelabrum - Ceratium candelabrum (Ehrenberg 1859) Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium carriense - Ceratium carriense Gourret 1883 was reported in Australia by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium cephalotum - Ceratium cephalotum (Lemmermann 1900) Joergensen 1911 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium concilians - Ceratium concilians Joergensen 1920 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium contortum - Ceratium contortum (Gourret 1883) Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium declinatum - Ceratium declinatum (Gourret 1883) Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium deflexum - Ceratium deflexum (Kofoid 1907) Joergensen 1911 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Phytoplankton Ecology of Australasian Waters. In Clayton, M and King, R.J. (eds) Biology of Marine Plants, pp. 310-348 Longman Cheshire and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium dens - Ceratium dens Ostenfeld & Schmidt 1901 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium depressum - Ceratium depressum was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium euarcuatum - Ceratium euarcuatum Joergensen 1920 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium extensum - Ceratium extensum (Gourret 1883) Cleve 1901 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium falcatum - Ceratium falcatum (Kofoid 1907) Joergensen 1920 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Ceratium furca - Ceratium furca (Ehrenberg 1833) Claparède & Lachmann 1859 was reported in Australia by Grant, B.R. and Kerr, J.D., 1970 in Phytoplankton numbers and species at Port Hacking station and their relationship to the physical environment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater research, 21, 35-45 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Whitelegge, T., 1886 in List of the freshwater Rhizopoda of New South Wales, Pt. 1. Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales, 2nd series, 1,597-504 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Whitelegge, T., 1889 in List of the marine and fresh-water invertebrate fauna of Port Jackson and the neighbourhood. Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, 23, 163-323 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by , in This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium fusus - Ceratium fusus was reported in Australia by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Grant, B.R. and Kerr, J.D., 1970 in Phytoplankton numbers and species at Port Hacking station and their relationship to the physical environment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater research, 21, 35-45 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium gallicum - Ceratium gallicum Kofoid was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium geniculatum - Ceratium geniculatum (Lemmermann 1900) Cleve 1901 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium gracile - Ceratium gracile was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium gravidum - Ceratium gravidum Gourret 1883 was reported in Australia by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium hexacanthum - Ceratium hexacanthum Gourret 1883 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium hircus - Ceratium hircus was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium horridum - Ceratium horridum Gran 1902 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium humile - Ceratium humile Joergensen 1911 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium inflatum - Ceratium inflatum (Kofoid 1907) Joergensen 1911 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium inflexum - Ceratium inflexum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium kofoidii - Ceratium kofoidii Joergensen 1911 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium limulus - Ceratium limulus Gourret 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium lineatum - Ceratium lineatum (Ehrenberg 1854) Cleve 1899 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium longinum - Ceratium longinum Karsten 1906 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium longirostrum - Ceratium longirostrum Gourret 1883 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium lunula - Ceratium lunula (Schimper 1900) Joergensen was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium macroceros - Ceratium macroceros (Ehrenberg 1840) Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Stafford, C., 1999 in A guide to phytoplankton of Aquaculture Ponds Collection, analysis and identification Department of Primary Industries, Queensland and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium massiliense - Ceratium massiliense (Gourret) was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium minutum - Ceratium minutum Joergensen 1920 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium palmatum - Ceratium palmatum Schroeder was reported in Australia by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium paradoxides - Ceratium paradoxides Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium pennatum - Ceratium pennatum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium pentagonum - Ceratium pentagonum Gourret 1883 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium petersii - Ceratium petersii Steemann Nielsen 1934 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium platycorne - Ceratium platycorne von Daday 1888 was reported in Australia by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium porrectum - Ceratium porrectum Karsten 1907 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium praelongum - Ceratium praelongum (Lemmermann 1900) Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium ranipes - Ceratium ranipes was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium schmidtii - Ceratium schmidtii Joergensen 1911 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium setaceum - Ceratium setaceum Joergensen 1911 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium strictum - Ceratium strictum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium sumatranum - Ceratium sumatranum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium teres - Ceratium teres Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium trichoceros - Ceratium trichoceros (Ehrenberg 1873) Kofoid 1908 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Stafford, C., 1999 in A guide to phytoplankton of Aquaculture Ponds Collection, analysis and identification Department of Primary Industries, Queensland and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium tripos - Ceratium tripos (Mueller 1781) Nitzsch 1817 was reported in Australia by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Stafford, C., 1999 in A guide to phytoplankton of Aquaculture Ponds Collection, analysis and identification Department of Primary Industries, Queensland and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Whitelegge, T., 1886 in List of the freshwater Rhizopoda of New South Wales, Pt. 1. Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales, 2nd series, 1,597-504 and by Whitelegge, T., 1889 in List of the marine and fresh-water invertebrate fauna of Port Jackson and the neighbourhood. Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, 23, 163-323 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Stickland, J., 1924 in The aquatic Protozoa of the Melbourne district, Part II. Victorian Naturalist, 41,84-94. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratium vultur - Ceratium vultur Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Huisman, J. M., 1989 in The genus Ceratium (Dinophyceae) in Bass Strait and adjoining waters, southern Australia. Australian Systematic Botany, 2, 425-454 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratocorys gorreti - Ceratocorys gorreti Paulsen 1930 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ceratocorys horrida - Ceratocorys horrida Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Chaetoceros - Chaetoceros (key-toss-err-oss), a centric Diatom in which the short cylindrical cells form long spines. Cells often joined to form short filaments. Common in marine ecosystems. Phase contrast.
| Chaetoceros - Chaetoceros (key-toss-err-oss), a centric Diatom in which the short cylindrical cells form long spines. Cells often joined to form short filaments. Common in marine ecosystems. Phase contrast.
| Chaetoceros - Marine centric Diatom, occurs in chains with long threads extending from the ends of each cell. Collected with 20 micron net in Pojo Bay at Ångskär, 40 metre deep, Secci 6.3 metre, 4th April 2012
| Chaetoceros borealis - Note that setae also contain protoplasm and even chloroplasts. Scale bar indicates 200 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking and stitching technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros borealis - Note that setae also contain protoplasm and even chloroplasts. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros curvisetus - Circular chain of cells. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros danicus - Valvar view, framed wih Odontella aurita. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros danicus - Cingular view, phase contrast. Note that protoplasm and chloroplasts are also present in the setae. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros debilis - Twisted chain of cells. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros decipiens - Chaetoceros decipiens accompanied by Chaetoceros curvisetus. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros decipiens - Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros diadema - Chain with vegetative cells resting spores. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros diadema - Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros diadema - Resting spores in two developing states. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros diadema - Resting spores. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros diadema - Chain with vegetative cells and resting spores. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros diadema - SEM of a resting spore. Scale bar indicates 10 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Chaetoceros diadema - Resting spores in phase contrast. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros didymus - Nodules on the vales contain pyrenoids. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros didymus - Closeup. Note the fine hair-like stuctures radiating from the girdle bands. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros radicans - Slightly twisted chain of Chaetoceros radicans or perhaps Ch. tortissimus. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Chaetoceros socialis - Chaetoceros socialis (key-toss-err-oss sew-see-ah-liss), a centric Diatom in with long spines. In this species dozens or hundreds of cells are linked loosely together by their spines. Common in marine ecosystems. Dark ground.
| Chaetoceros socialis - Chaetoceros socialis (key-toss-err-oss sew-see-ah-liss), a centric Diatom in with long spines. In this species dozens or hundreds of cells are linked loosely together by their spines. Common in marine ecosystems. Phase contrast.
| Chaetospira remex - Portrait of the stichotrichine ciliate, Chaetospira remex (Hudson,1875; Kahl,1932). This species occupies a long, sometimes branched tubular lorica into which it intermittently retracts (as seen in this image). The lorica is attached to the substratum. C. muelleri has a flask-shaped lorica. The cell body is slender,elongate and very contractile. The corkscrew shaped anterior bears a prominent adoral zone of membranelles along the peristome. The somatic ciliature is reduced to right and left marginal and two ventral files of short cirri which spiral down the body. The macronucleus is bipartite. the contractile vacuole is in mid-body between the two macronuclei. Feeds mainly on bacteria, flagellates and Diatoms. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idah May 2004. DIC optics.
| Chaetospira remex - Portrait of the stichotrichine ciliate, Chaetospira remex (Hudson,1875; Kahl,1932). Slightly squashed. This species occupies a long, sometimes branched tubular lorica into which it intermittently retracts. The lorica is attached to the substratum. C. muelleri has a flask-shaped lorica. The cell body is slender,elongate and very contractile. The corkscrew shaped anterior bears a prominent adoral zone of membranelles along the peristome (seen well here). The somatic ciliature is reduced to right and left marginal and two ventral files of short cirri which spiral down the body. The left marginal and one of the ventral cirral files are seen here.The macronucleus is bipartite (not visible in this image). the contractile vacuole is in mid-body between the two macronuclei. Feeds mainly on bacteria, flagellates and Diatoms. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idah May 2004. DIC optics.
| Chilodonella - Chilodonella (kai-low-don-ella) is a hypostome ciliate with a mouth stiffened by a palisade of microtubular rods protruding from the ventral surface of the cell. The mouth is used to pick up bacteria and small pieces of detritus and manipulate them into the body. This individual has been eating Diatoms. Common in freshwater and marine habitats. Phase contrast.
| Chilodonella - Chilodonella (kai-low-don-ella) is a hypostome ciliate with a mouth stiffened by a palisade of microtubular rods protruding from the ventral surface of the cell. The mouth is used to pick up bacteria and small pieces of detritus and manipulate them into the body. This individual has been eating Diatoms. Common in freshwater and marine habitats. Differential interference contrast.
| Chilodontopsis depressa - Portrait of the nassophorean ciliate, Chilodontopsis depressa (Perty, 1852). The cell is dorsoventrally flattened. The right side is convex meeting the straight left side at a rostrum. The somatic ciliature is denser on the ventral side with an indistinct feathery hypostomial frange of longer cilia slanting posteriorly to the cytostome from the rostrum anteriorly to the right margin of the body (yellow arrowheads). The right ventral kineties curve around the anterior end to meet the straight left ventral kineties to the left of the cytostome (red arrowhead) at the line of the hypostomial frange. The cytopharyngeal basket or cyrtos is seen anteriorly (red arrowhead). A distinctive large contractile vacuole fills the posterior end of the cell. The central macronucleus and micronucleus are spherical. C. depressa feeds on bacteria, Diatoms and green algae. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho September 2003. DIC optics
| Chilodontopsis depressa - Portrait of the nassophorean ciliate, Chilodontopsis depressa (Perty, 1852). This image shows a coronal optical section through the cell center. The cell is dorsoventrally flattened. The right side is convex meeting the straight left side at a rostrum. The somatic ciliature (not seen here) is denser on the ventral side with an indistinct feathery hypostomial frange of cilia slanting posteriorly to the cytostome from the rostrum anteriorly to the right margin of the body. The right ventral kineties curve around the anterior end to meet the straight left ventral kineties to the left of the cytostome at the line of the hypostomial frange. The cytopharyngeal basket or cyrtos is seen anteriorly. A distinctive large contractile vacuole fills the posterior end of the cell. The central macronucleus and micronucleus are spherical. C. depressa feeds on bacteria, Diatoms (seen in this cell) and green algae. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho September 2003. DIC optics
| Chilodontopsis depressa - Ventral infraciliature of the nassophorean ciliate, Chilodontopsis depressa (Perty, 1852). The cell is dorsoventrally flattened. The right side is convex meeting the straight left side at a rostrum. The somatic ciliature is denser on the ventral side with an indistinct feathery hypostomial frange of cilia slanting posteriorly to the cytostome from the rostrum anteriorly to the right margin of the body (seen well here). The right ventral kineties curve around the anterior end to meet the straight left ventral kineties to the left of the cytostome at the line of the hypostomial frange. The cytopharyngeal basket or cyrtos is seen anteriorly. A distinctive large contractile vacuole fills the posterior end of the cell (not seen here). The central macronucleus and micronucleus are spherical (darkly stained in this image). C. depressa feeds on bacteria, Diatoms and green algae. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho January 2005. Stained by a silver carbonate technic (see Foissner, W.Europ. J. Protistol.27,313-330;1991). Brightfield.
| Chlamydonella alpestris - Chamydonella alpestris (Foissner,1979), a small hypostome ciliate. The body is strongly curved dorsally and flattened ventrally as shown in this lateral view. The single round macronucleus is located in the mid-body. There are two contractile vacuoles, one anterior and one posterior. This individual has been consuming Diatoms. From freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Brightfield illumination.
| Chlamydonella alpestris - Ventral surface of Chlamydonella alpestris (Foissner, 1979), a small hypostome ciliate. The body is strongly curved dorsally and flattened ventrally. The right side is convex and the left is straight. Ciliature is limited to the ventral surface except for a small dorsal anterior tuft on the left. Kineties curve anterior to the cytostome on the right. About 10 evenly spaced longitudinal kineties extend from the level of the cytostome to the posterior end. A flattened transverse Y-shaped kinety just anterior to the cytostome is considered distinctive. A second short curved kinety lies just anterior to this. The circular oral aperture is supported by trichites. The single round macronucleus is located in the mid-body. There are two contractile vacuoles, one anterior and one posterior. This individual has consumed a Diatom and green alga. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho October 2003. DIC optics.
| Chlamydonella alpestris - Ventral surface of Chlamydonella alpestris (Foissner, 1979), a small hypostome ciliate. The body is strongly curved dorsally and flattened ventrally. The right side is convex and the left is straight. Ciliature is limited to the ventral surface except for a small dorsal anterior tuft on the left. Kineties curve anterior to the cytostome on the right. About 10 evenly spaced longitudinal kineties extend from the level of the cytostome to the posterior end. A flattened transverse Y-shaped kinety just anterior to the cytostome is considered distinctive. A second short curved kinety lies just anterior to this. The circular oral aperture is supported by trichites. The single round macronucleus is located in the mid-body. There are two contractile vacuoles, one anterior and one posterior(both seen here). This individual has consumed a Diatom and green alga. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho October 2003. DIC optics.
| Chlamydonella alpestris - Ventral surface of Chlamydonella alpestris (Foissner, 1979) in mid-division. C. alpestris is a small hypostome ciliate. The body is strongly curved dorsally and flattened ventrally. The right side is convex and the left is straight. The cell shape has been distorted by fixation. Ciliature is limited to the ventral surface except for a small dorsal anterior tuft on the left. Kineties curve anterior to the cytostome on the right. About 10 evenly spaced longitudinal kineties extend from the level of the cytostome to the posterior end. A flattened transverse Y-shaped kinety just anterior to the cytostome is considered distinctive (yellow arrowheads). A second short curved kinety lies just anterior to this. The circular oral aperture is supported by trichites. The single round macronucleus is located in the mid-body (not visible here). There are two contractile vacuoles, one anterior and one posterior. This individual has consumed a Diatom and green alga. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho October 2003. Silver carbonate stain (see Foissner, W.Europ. J. Protistol.27,313-330;1991). Black and white.Brightfield optics.
| Chlamydonella alpestris - Ventral surface of Chlamydonella alpestris (Foissner, 1979), a small hypostome ciliate. The body is strongly curved dorsally and flattened ventrally. The right side is convex and the left is straight. Ciliature is limited to the ventral surface except for a small dorsal anterior tuft on the left. Kineties curve anterior to the cytostome on the right. About 10 evenly spaced longitudinal kineties extend from the level of the cytostome to the posterior end. A flattened transverse Y-shaped kinety just anterior to the cytostome is considered distinctive. A second short curved kinety lies just anterior to this. The circular oral aperture is supported by trichites. The single round macronucleus is located in the mid-body. There are two contractile vacuoles, one anterior and one posterior(both seen here). This individual has consumed a Diatom and green alga. Collected from freshwater stream near Boise, Idaho March 2007. DIC optics.
| Chlorophyll colors - The green alga above has plastids rich in chlorophyll B, whereas the Diatom below has clorophylls a and c as well as a variety of accessory pigments which provide the yellow or brown color. The colors are often useful in helping assign organisms to higher taxa.
| Ciliophrys infusionum - Ciliophrys (silly-off-riss) infusionum Cienkowski, 1876. Helioflagellate, in the heliozoan stage the cells are about 4 - 9 microns across, and have a central nucleus and one flagellum held in a figure of eight. The cells are spherical with delicate pseudopodia extending radially from the body and bearing extrusomes. The cells may change from the heliozoan stage with pseudopodia and a slow beating flagellum to a swimming flagellate without pseudopodia and with the flagellum beating rapidly. In swimming cells, the nucleus is located apically. Observed to consume suspended bacteria. When feeding, bacteria adhere to the pseudopodia and then are drawn to the body. The cells eat Diatoms up to 18 microns long. Sometimes common.
| Ciliophrys infusionum - Ciliophrys infusionum Cienkowski, 1876. Ciliophrys, in the heliozoan stage the cells are about 4 - 9 microns across, and have a central nucleus and one flagellum held in a figure of eight. The cells are spherical with delicate pseudopodia extending radially from the body and bearing extrusomes. The cells may change from the heliozoan stage with pseudopodia and a slow beating flagellum to a swimming flagellate without pseudopodia and with the flagellum beating rapidly. In swimming cells, the nucleus is located apically. Observed to consume suspended bacteria. When feeding, bacteria adhere to the pseudopodia and then are drawn to the body. The cells eat Diatoms up to 18 microns long.
| | Cladopyxis brachiolata - Cladopyxis brachiolata (Kofoid 1907) Pavillard 1931 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Cladopyxis cariophyllum - Cladopyxis cariophyllum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Codonella cratera - Codonella cratera lorica. Codonella cratera is a large tintinnid ciliate. A distinctive chitinous lorica is coated with xenosomes (foreign particles such as sand particles as in these individuals and Diatoms). The posterior lorica is broadly spherical with a cylindrical anterior half. There is a prominent circumferential anterior adoral zone of membranelles. From freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Oblique illumination.
| | Codonella cratera - This ciliat belonging to the morphological group of oligotrichids builds marvellous amphora shaped loricae putting together mostly centric Diatom frustules. Depth of focus compilation using 11 photos and CombineZ-SW developed by Alan Hadley. For more pictures and 3d-drawing see ZIP archive.
Collection from littoral region (stand of Phragmites) of oligotrophic lake near Kiel (Schleswig-Holstein, Germany). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Codonella cratera - This ciliat belonging to the morphological group of oligotrichids builds marvellous amphora shaped loricae putting together mostly centric Diatom frustules. This drawing (it´s an original) was inspired by a SEM picture of a good friend.
Collection from littoral region (stand of Phragmites) of oligotrophic lake near Kiel (Schleswig-Holstein, Germany).
| Codonella cratera - This ciliat belonging to the morphological group of oligotrichids builds marvellous amphora shaped loricae putting together mostly centric Diatom frustules. The scale bar indicates 25 µm.
The specimen was gathered in the wetlands of Oderbruch (Oder valley 100 km north east of Berlin). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| Collodictyon - Portrait of Collodictyon, a free-living heterotrophic flagellate of uncertain affinity. The cell has a ventral groove, flanked posteriorly by two rounded projections. There are four flagella about one and a half times the cell length. Collodictyon is a voracious feeder. The cell ingests other protists via the central groove. This cell has been grossly distorted by ingestion of the Diatom, Actinella. A relationship to the biflagellate Diphyelleia has been suggested based on EM studies of the flagellar apparatus, dictyosomes and mitochondrial structure (Brugerolle, G. et al. Protist 153:59-70, 2002). From a temporary polysaprobic freshwater farm pond near Boise, Idaho. Differential interference contrast.
| Condylostoma - Condylostoma (con-dee-lost-oh-ma) is a medium to large ciliate (usually over 100 microns long). Commonly associated with surfaces, and slightly enriched habitats. The large anterior mouth can pick up relatively large particles of food . It is a heterotrich ciliate, with conventional cilia over most of the body and used to propel the cell, but with larger cilia around the mouth. This cell has obviously been consuming lots of Diatoms. Differential interference contrast.
| Condylostoma - COndylostoma from marine sediments, anterior oral area includes adoral zone of membranelles. Vody coated with cilia. Consumes Diatoms.
| | Corethron hystrix - Corethron (core-eeth-ron) hystrix, centric Diatom (stramenopile) with siliceous spines emerging from the border of the valves, many girdle bands (not visible) make up the body of the cylinder. With many small plastids. Phase contrast microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Corethron hystrix - Corethron (core-eeth-ron) hystrix, centric Diatom (stramenopile) with siliceous spines emerging from the border of the valves, many girdle bands (not visible here) make up the body of the cylinder. This image emphasizes the plastids. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Coscinodiscus - Centric Diatom, seen from valve view. This is an empty frustule of a large marine species. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Marine. Phase contrast.
| Coscinodiscus - Coscinodiscus (coss-co-no-disc-us) a centric Diatom, seen from valve view. This is an empty frustule of a large marine species. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Marine. Phase contrast.
| Coscinodiscus - Coscinodiscus (a centric Diatom), seen from valve view. This is an empty frustule of a large marine species. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Marine. Differential interference contrast.
| | Coscinodiscus - Coscinodiscus (caw-skin-owe-disk-us) a centric Diatom (stramenopile), this genus is common in the marine plankton and has hundreds of species, some of which can achieve a very large size. The cell to the left is in girdle view, with the two valves visible to either end and girdle bands in the middle of the cell, the cell to the right is seen from valve (end) view. This genus has small thickenings (processes) around the margin of the valve. The species are mostly distinguished by the pattern of sculpting of the frustule. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Coscinodiscus - This large flat centric Diatom is commonly found in the waters off Martha's Vineyard. This is a phase contrast image by D J Patterson and D Lahr.
| Coscinodiscus - Cells of this centric Diatom observed in the water column from Lake Pontchartrain, differential interference contrast optics.
| Coscinodiscus radiatus - Scanning electron micrograph showing detail of the frustule of this Diatom. The larger depressions are called areolae, and perforated region is called the cribrum, within which each perforation is referred to as a cribellum. The same term probably also refers to the perforations in the margins of the areolae. The species is probably C. radiatus. Sample from the water column off Martha's Vineyard. Images by Charley O'Kelly and Shauna Murray.
| Coscinodiscus radiatus - Valvar view. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - SEM of girdle view. The ligulae which fit in the open girdle bands are weakly visible. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Closeup of the lateral side of the valve. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Valvar View. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Closeup showing hyaline central area. Scale bar indicates 10 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Closeup showing fine structure of valvar pores. Scale bar indicates 5 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Valvar view. Insets showing marginal ring of labiate processes (upper right) and the hyaline central area (lower left). Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking and stitching technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Closeup of the hyaline central area. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking and stitching technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Closeup of the marginal ring of labiate processes. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking and stitching technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - DIC closeup of valve of a living specimen. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Coscinodiscus wailesii - Valvar view, dark field. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking and stitching technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Cryothecomonas - Cryothecomonas (cry-oh-theek-oh-moan-ass) is a medium-sized heterotrophic flagellate with two similar flagella emerging from a point just behind the apex of the cell. The ventral surface is grooved (and this causes a slight indentation at the front of the cell). Pseudopodia may arise from the ventral groove. They consume Diatoms and other detritus. DIfferential interference microscopy.
| Cryothecomonas - Cryothecomonas (cry-oh-theek-oh-moan-ass) is a medium-sized heterotrophic flagellate with two similar flagella emerging from a point just behind the apex of the cell. The ventral surface is grooved (and this causes a slight indentation at the front of the cell). Pseudopodia may arise from the ventral groove. They consume Diatoms and other detritus. Phase contrast microscopy.
| Cryothecomonas - Cryothecomonas (cry-oh-theek-oh-moan-ass) is a medium-sized heterotrophic flagellate with two similar flagella emerging from a point just behind the apex of the cell. The ventral surface is grooved (and this causes a slight indentation at the front of the cell). Pseudopodia may arise from the ventral groove. They consume Diatoms and other detritus. Phase contrast microscopy.
| Cryothecomonas aestivalis - Cryothecomonas aestivalis Drebes et al., 1996. Colourless flagellates, in the free, motile stage, oblong to oval, 9-12 microns long and 4-5 microns wide, two apically inserted flagella, anteriorly directed flagellum 15 microns long, posteriorly directed flagellum up to 25 microns Feeds on the marine planktonic Diatom Guinardia delicatula. Flagellate penetrates the Diatom frustule. Trophonts gradually phagocytize the host cytoplasm by means of a pseudopodium, which emerges posteriorly through a gap in the theca. Theca delicate, consisting of two layers, occasionally lacking. Trophonts and division stages with shortened, in part basally thickened flagella. Mature trophonts give rise to 8-32 new flagellates (swarmers). Defecation before the last division.
| Cyclostephanos novaezeelandiae - This image from a tiny centric Diatom was built up using 24 DIC high resolution frames with manual stacking technique using Corel Photopaint. The scale bar indicates 10 µm.
Collected from bottom sediments of Lake McGregor, Southern Alps, New Zealand. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Cyclotella - Cyclotella (sike-low-tell-a). Centric Diatom, seen from valve view. Three plastid profiles are visible around the periphery of the cell. Long thin organic spines project from the cell - and are believed to have a role in flotation. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Marine. Phase contrast.
| Cyclotella - Cyclotella (sike-low-tell-a). Centric Diatom, seen from valve view. Three plastid profiles are visible around the periphery of the cell. Long thin organic spines project from the cell - and are believed to have a role in flotation. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Marine. Phase contrast.
| Cyclotella - Centric Diatom, seen from valve view. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Marine. Phase contrast.
| Cyclotella - Cyclotella (sike-low-tell-a). Centric Diatom, frustule only, seen from valve view, with the two frustules seen at slightly different focal planes. . The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Phase contrast.
| Cyclotella - Cyclotella (sike-low-tell-a). Centric Diatom, seen from valve view. The cell is surrounded by a sheath of mucus. Long thin organic spines project from the cell - and are believed to have a role in flotation. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. From a freshwater site. Phase contrast.
| Cyclotella - Cyclotella (sike-low-tell-a). Centric Diatom, seen from valve view. With many small plastids containing chlorophylls a and c. From a freshwater site. Differential interference contrast.
| Cyclotella - Cyclotella (sike-low-tell-a). Centric Diatom, frustule only, seen from valve view, frustule broken from cover-slip pressure to show the brittle nature of the frustule. The pattern of pores in the frustule is used in identification. Phase contrast.
| Cyclotella meneginiana - Cycltella meneginiana (Bacillariophyta, a centric Diatom) is larger than C. polymorpha and less abundant.
| Cylindrotheca - Cylindrotheca is a elongate pennate Diatom is very common in sediments - the form apparently allowing the cell to penetrate through the pores of the sediments. Pennate Diatoms are important in intertidal and illuminated subtidal sediments in marine ecosystems and primary producers. Pennate Diatoms are capable of movement, relying on the raphe to produce thrust. Pennate Diatoms are usually regarded as boat shaped, although some of the boats have very odd shapes. They can usually glide. Although enclosed in a siliceous shell, the shell of these rather delicate Diatoms is flexible. The plastids contain chlorophylls a and c which gives the yellowy-brown colour. Phase contrast.
| Cylindrotheca - Cylindrotheca is a elongate pennate Diatom usually found in sediments. Pennate Diatoms are important in intertidal and illuminated subtidal sediments in marine ecosystems and primary producers. Pennate Diatoms are capable of movement, relying on the raphe to produce thrust. Movement is needed so that Diatoms can move towards the light, recover their location after disturbances by overlying water currents, wave actions, animal burial and so on. Several species illustrated to right. All have a siliceous shell (frustule) and chlorophyll a/c rich plastids. Phase contrast.
| | Cylindrotheca fusiformis - Cylindrotheca (sill-inn-dro-thee-ka) fusiformis, an elongate and slightly twisted pennate Diatom (stramenopile), tends to move in a spiral motion, frustule not heavily silicifed and and can be deformed. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Cymatopleura - Image showing characteristic elongate and centrally constricted frustule of the pennate Diatom Cymatopleura sp. Raphes of pennate Diatoms allow the organisms to glide. The raphe system can be detected as a medial line. Also characteristic of Cymatopleura sp. is the ribbed frustule. This organism was repeatedly found in early June in shallow surface water samples and again in a shallow subtidal benthic sediment sample. Its gliding could be readily observed under the microscope.
| Cymatopleura solea - Valve view of the pennate Diatom, Cymatopleura solea (Brébisson) W. Smith 1851. Valves are elliptical with a central waist and bluntly pointed apices. The valve surface is marked with several transverse undulations best seen in girdle view; striae and undulations are not interrupted in the median axis. Raphe are marginal. Very short costations appear as beading around the edge of the valve. There is a single lobulated plastid one half of which lies along the inner surface of the epivalve and the other along the inner surface of the hypovalve. Collected from the benthos of a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho, January 2005. DIC.
| Cymatopleura solea - Optical section (girdle view) of the pennate Diatom, Cymatopleura solea (Brébisson) W. Smith 1851. Valves are elliptical with a central waist and bluntly pointed apices. The valve surface is marked with several transverse undulations best seen in girdle view (seen well in this image). Striae and undulations are not interrupted in the median axis. Raphe are marginal. Very short costations appear as beading around the edge of the valve. The central nucleus is seen in this image. There is a single lobulated plastid one half of which lies along the inner surface of the epivalve and the other along the inner surface of the hypovalve. Collected from the benthos of a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho, January 2005. DIC.
| Cymatopleura solea - Optical section (girdle view) of the pennate Diatom, Cymatopleura solea (Brébisson) W. Smith 1851. Valves are elliptical with a central waist and bluntly pointed apices. The valve surface is marked with several transverse undulations best seen in girdle view; striae and undulations are not interrupted in the median axis. Raphe are marginal. Very short costations appear as beading around the edge of the valve. There is a single lobulated plastid one half of which lies along the inner surface of the epivalve and the other along the inner surface of the hypovalve (seen well in this image). Collected from the benthos of a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho, January 2005. DIC.
| Cymatopleura solea - Optical section (valve view) of the pennate Diatom, Cymatopleura solea (Brébisson) W. Smith 1851. Valves are elliptical with a central waist and bluntly pointed apices. The valve surface is marked with several transverse undulations best seen in girdle view; striae and undulations are not interrupted in the median axis. Raphe are marginal. Very short costations appear as beading around the edge of the valve. There is a single lobulated plastid one half of which lies along the inner surface of the epivalve and the other along the inner surface of the hypovalve (seen well in this image). Collected from the benthos of a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho, January 2005. DIC.
| Cymbella - Cymbella (sim-bell-a) a pennate Diatom with a slightly asymmetric body form, one face convex, other face flat. Frustule only. Differential interference contrast.
| Cymbella - Cymbella (sim-bell-a) a pennate Diatom with a slightly asymmetric body form, one face convex, other face flat. Differential interference contrast. This one stuck on the toe of a chironomid larva. Phase contrast.
| Cymbella - This pennate Diatom usually occurs in the benthos as epilithic on stones of Lake Kinneret, infrequently it is found in the plankton.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With two plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). This is one of a pair of images, to show the extent of the chloroplasts. The other is an image showing the autofluorescence of the chlorophylls. Phase contrast.
| Diatom - Centric Diatom, this is one of the species which forms filaments in which cells are joined end to end. Filamentous Diatoms can be quite common in unstable sediments. With plastids containing chlorophylls a and c. Differential interference contrast.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. Phase contrast.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. These are evident in this empty frustule. Phase contrast.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With two large plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. Pennate Diatoms are usually regarded as boat shaped, although some of the boats have very odd shapes. They can usually glide. Phase contrast.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. This is probably Gyrosigma or Pleurosigma, the genus cannot be identified without knowing details of the sculpting of the frustule. With an extensive array of plastids. Phase contrast.
| Diatom - Diatoms are algae which live in little glass boxes or frustules - rather like little petri dishes. Pennate Diatoms are motile, and rely on, we believe, the excretion of mucus through a slit in the wall - the slit is the raphe and runs down the flat faces of the petri dishes (frustules in Diatom terminology). The frustule is perforated with tiny holes to allow the Diatom to excrete waste products, and pick up nutrients, dissolved gases etc. from the surrounding water. This image shows the raphe and the pattern of sculpting in the frustule. Phase contrast.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With two plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. Phase contrast.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With two plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). This is one of a pair of image and shows the autofluorescence of the chlorophylls - which show red. Fluorescence microscopy
| Diatom - Diatoms are algae which live in little glass boxes or frustules - rather like little petri dishes. The top view is called valve view and the side view is called girdle view. The frustule is perforated with tiny holes to allow the Diatom to excrete waste products, and pick up nutrients, dissolved gases etc. from the surrounding water. Girdle view of a colonial. Differential interference contrast. contrast.
| Diatom - Diatoms are algae which live in little glass boxes or frustules - rather like little petri dishes. Pennate Diatoms are motile, and rely on, we believe, the excretion of mucus through a slit in the wall - the slit is the raphe that runs down the flat faces of the petri dishes (frustules in Diatom terminology). Differential interference contrast.
| Diatom - Diatom normally attached to substrate by long mucilagenous stalk. This type of arrangement is seen in several genera. Differential interference contrast.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall. the plastid is an extensive organelle and includes chlorophylls a and c which give the off-green or brownish colour. Also with oil droplets within the cell. Differential interference contrast. Material from Nymph Creek and Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The image is of a region of the substrate at the margins of Nymph Lake, a thermal site within Yellowstone National Park. The cells are so numerous as to form a large orange coloured region. Photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall - or frustule. The frustule is usually perforated with fine pores in regular arrays and the patterns generated are used in identification. Differential interference contrast. Material from Nymph Lake,a thermal site within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall. The plastid is an extensive organelle and includes chlorophylls a and c which give the off-green or brownish colour. Differential interference contrast. Material from Nymph Creek and Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall - or frustule. The frustule is usually perforated with fine pores in regular arrays and the patterns generated are used in identification. Differential interference contrast. Material from Nymph Creek and Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall - or frustule. The frustule is usually perforated with fine pores in regular arrays and the patterns generated by these and by thickened regions of the frustule are used in identification. Phase contrast. Material from Nymph Creek and Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall - or frustule. The frustule is usually perforated with fine pores in regular arrays and the patterns generated are used in identification. Phase contrast. Material from Nymph Creek and Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall - or frustule. The frustule is usually perforated with fine pores in regular arrays and the patterns generated are used in identification. Phase contrast. Material from Nymph Creek and Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Diatom, identity still to be established. The cell is enclosed in a siliceous and refractile wall. The plastid is an extensive organelle and includes chlorophylls a and c which give the off-green or brownish colour. Differential interference contrast. Material from Nymph Creek and Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Diatom - Elongate pennate Diatom. This is the empty frustule. Phase contrast microscopy.
| Diatom - Elongate pennate Diatom. This is a dense collection of cells from an actively growing culture. DIfferential interference microscopy.
| Diatom - Elongate pennate Diatom. This image shows the plastids. DIfferential interference microscopy.
| Diatom - Elongate pennate Diatom. Unidentified. DIfferential interference microscopy.
| | Diatom - Stalked Diatom observed in sandy and muddy marine sediments in the vicinity of Broome, Western Australia in September 2003. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatom in girdle view showing the chloroplast and the siliceous cell wall. Differential interference contrast micrograph.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatom is girdle view, showing the two siliceous (glass) valves with the sculptings on the faces of the vales seen in side view. The image also shows the chloroplasts and the central nucleus with nucleolus. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Diatom - Centric Diatom, showing glass (silica) walls, chloroplasts, and thin girdle bands. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Diatom - Pennate Diatom in valve view, showing the ciliceous wall, chloroplast and central nucleus. Differential interference contrast micrograph of a living cell.
| Diatom deposits - Beaver Lake mud is mostly comprised of the shells of Diatoms, one of the more common types of eukaryotic algae
| Diatom frustule - Diatoms possess remarkably beautiful frustules, covered with symmetrical ridges and perforations that are used to help identify them. This is the empty frustule (shell) of a dead Diatom.
| Diatom plastid - This Diatom has been shattered by pressure from the coverslip. The plastid has been extruded.
| Diatoma - Diatoma (die-at-home-a ... ish), filamentous centric Diatom. Cells are not circular in cross section but compressed. Cell with internal strengthening ridges. Many small peripheral chloroplasts and a central nucleus. May form very long filaments, this sample collected from a large (easily visible with the naked eye) clump. Differential interference contrast.
| Diatoma - Diatoma (die-at-home-a ... ish), filamentous centric Diatom. Cells are not circular in cross section by compressed - as can be seen in the cell to the left. Cell with internal strengthening ridges. Many small peripheral chloroplasts and a central nucleus. May form very long filaments, this sample collected from a large (easily visible with the naked eye) clump. Differential interference contrast.
| Diatoma - Diatoma (die-at-home-a ... ish), filamentous centric Diatom. Cells are not circular in cross section but compressed. Cell with internal strengthening ridges. Many small peripheral chloroplasts and a central nucleus. May form very long filaments, this sample collected from a large (easily visible with the naked eye) clump. Differential interference contrast.
| Diatoma - Diatoma (die-at-home-a ... ish), filamentous centric Diatom. Cells are not circular in cross section but compressed. Cell with internal strengthening ridges. May form very long filaments, this sample collected from a large (easily visible with the naked eye) clump. Phase contrast.
| | Diatoma vulgare - Colony of Diatoma vulgare. The mucilaginous connection material is shown. Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from Lake Constance (Bodensee, Southern Germany) near Bodman. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Diatoma vulgare - Colony of Diatoma vulgare. The mucilaginous connection material is shown. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. Sample from Lake Constance near Bodman. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera. Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| Diatoms - Two pennate Diatoms, common in the water column. Differential interference contrast micrograph of living cells.
| Difflugia acuminata - The xenosoms derived frome pennate Diatoms on the test of Difflugia acuminata are clearly visible. The multi layer image was built up using 13 brightfield frames with a manual stacking technique using Corel Photopaint.
The specimen was gathered in a tiny freshwater pond at the island of Hiddensee (Baltic Sea, Germany) which shows a fascinating biodiversity of naked and testate amoebae. Images were taken using Zeiss Standard with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Difflugia bacillifera - Multi-layer image of a Difflugia bacillifera testate amoeba. The test of the D. bacillifera is made up of siliceous plates and Diatom frustules. From body of water adjacent to an inflowing creek at Hawley Bog in Hawley, Massachusetts in fall 2010. Scale bar indicates 30 µm. This photo was rendered by stacking three HMC images in Adobe Photoshop. Photos taken with T1-Sm Nikon with a Canon PowerShot A640 digital camera.
| Difflugia elegans - Difflugia elegans. Brightfield portrait of the test of Difflugia elegans - a widely distributed amoeba, the test of which is composed of sand grains and Diatom frustules. Distinguished from similar species, D. bacillariarum by slight constriction just above aperture and perforate tubular "horn" at aboral end of test, well seen in these images. For excellent SEM images and descriptions of this and other freshwater testate amebae see Ogden, CG and Hedley, RH; "An Atlas of Freshwater Testate Amoebae", Oxford University Press (British Museum), Oxford,1980. From freshwater duckpond near Boise, Idaho.
| | Difflugia venusta - Difflugia venusta
The test is built up with massive sheets of organic cement. Mineral particles (mostliy quartz) and lots fo Diatom frustules are incorporated.
Sample from a freshwater pond on the island of Hiddensee (Baltic Sea, Germany). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Dinema - Dinema (die-knee-ma) is a heterotrophic euglenid. Glides with one flagellum sweeping in front of the cell, and on trailing behind. There is a strongly developed mouth. Dinema eats Diatoms and other pieces of debris. This genus is distinguished because the cortical region, near the outside of the cell, is thick and is not penetrated by most components of the cytoplasm - this is not visible at low magnifications but is shown in other images. Phase contrast.
| Dinema - Dinema (die-knee-ma) is a heterotrophic euglenid. Glides with one flagellum sweeping in front of the cell, and on trailing behind. There is a strongly developed mouth. Dinema eats Diatoms and other pieces of debris. This genus is distinguished because the cortical region, near the outside of the cell, is thick and is not penetrated by most components of the cytoplasm - as can be seen here. Differential interference contrast.
| Dinema - Dinema (die-knee-ma) one of the larger euglenid flagellates, body plastid, with thick cortical region, two emergent flagella one extending anteriorly, the other trailing under and behind the gliding cells. Eats Diatoms, as you can see. Phase contrast micrograph.
| Dinema litorale - Dinema (die-knee-ma) litorale Skuja, 1939. Cell length varies from 45 to 95 microns Cells are spindle-shaped to ovate, with about 30 striations running longitudinally along extended cells or helically in contracted cells. Cortical grooves may be underlain by long thin inclusions. The chisel-shaped ingestion apparatus is located slightly to the right of the midline of the cell, with two rods clearly visible and extending at least halfway down the cell. Refractile granules cluster around the top of the ingestion apparatus. The flagellar pocket is difficult to see. Nucleus is spherical and slightly located in the posterior part of the cell. The anterior flagellum may be as long as the cell. The posterior flagellum is about 0.5 to 1.5 times cell length and is thick at its base and tapers towards the tip - as in Anisonema. The cells move by smooth gliding interrupted with sudden stops, and may jerk back while becoming more spherical and then continue gliding. Often with many refractile granules. Consumes Diatoms up to 56 microns long. Sometimes common in late cultures.
| Dinema litorale - Dinema litorale Skuja, 1939. Cell length varies from 45 to 95 microns Cells are spindle-shaped to ovate, with about 30 striations running longitudinally along extended cells or helically in contracted cells. Cortical grooves may be underlain by long thin inclusions. The wedge-shaped ingestion apparatus is located slightly to the right of the midline of the cell, with two rods clearly visible and extending at least halfway down the cell. Refractile granules cluster around the top of the ingestion apparatus. The flagellar pocket is difficult to see. Nucleus is spherical and slightly located in the posterior part of the cell. The anterior flagellum may be as long as the cell. The posterior flagellum is about 0.5 to 1.5 times cell length and is thick at its base and tapers towards the tip - as in Anisonema. The cells move by smooth gliding interrupted with sudden stops, and may jerk back while becoming more spherical and then continue gliding. Often with many refractile granules. Consumes Diatoms up to 56 microns long.
| Dinema platysomum - Dinema (die-knee-ma) platysomum (Skuja, 1939) Lee and Patterson, 2000. Cells are elliptical, 20 to 32 microns long, flattened and flexible. There are about 20 pellicular striations on ventral and dorsal faces of the cell. The ventral striations are more distinct than the dorsal ones. The two flagella are unequal in length. The anterior flagellum is slightly thickened, is about 1.2 times the length of the cell and sweeps from side to side. The trailing posterior flagellum is thicker and is most strongly developed proximally. It lies in a ventral groove and is about 2 to 2.5 times the length of the cell. The flagellar pocket is located in the left side of the cell and the large elliptical nucleus is located on the right half in the middle of the cell. The chisel-shaped ingestion apparatus may be easily seen. The cells occasionally stop and jerk when changing direction and then move again. The cells contained Diatoms as food. Rarely observed.
| Dinema platysomum - Dinema platysomum (Skuja, 1939) Lee and Patterson, 2000. Cells are elliptical, 20 to 32 microns long, flattened and flexible. There are about 20 pellicular striations on ventral and dorsal faces of the cell. The ventral striations are more distinct than the dorsal ones. The two flagella are unequal in length. The anterior flagellum is slightly thickened, is about 1.2 times the length of the cell and sweeps from side to side. The trailing posterior flagellum is thicker and is most strongly developed proximally. It lies in a ventral groove and is about 2 to 2.5 times the length of the cell. The flagellar pocket is located in the left side of the cell and the large elliptical nucleus is located on the right half in the middle of the cell. The wedge-shaped ingestion apparatus may be easily seen. The cells occasionally stop and jerk when changing direction and then move again. The cells contained Diatoms as food.
| Dinema validum - Dinema (die-knee-ma) validum Larsen and Patterson, 1990. Cell outline is oblong to ovate. Cells are 32 to 53 microns long, 22 to 27 microns wide, with a slightly thickened pellicle, metabolic. There are about 16 wide longitudinal striations on both faces of the cell and these follow an S-helix. Dorsal striations are more distinct than ventral ones. The anterior flagellum is as long as the cell and beats with a sweeping motion. The posterior flagellum is approximately 3 times the cell length, is thicker than the anterior flagellum and emerges as a hook from the flagellar pocket, which is in the left hand side of the cell. The chisel-shaped ingestion apparatus has two rods but may be difficult to see at times. It extends halfway down the cell. The cells consumed Diatoms as long as 16 microns The nucleus is usually in the right posterior end of the cell but may be in the left side. The cells move by gliding and may undergo squirming movements. When changing direction, the cells jerk backwards and then continue to move forward.
| Dinema validum - Dinema validum Larsen and Patterson, 1990. Cell outline is oblong to ovate. Cells are 32 to 53 microns long, 22 to 27 microns wide, with a slightly thickened pellicle, metabolic. There are about 16 wide longitudinal striations on both faces of the cell and these follow an S-helix. Dorsal striations are more distinct than ventral ones. The anterior flagellum is as long as the cell and beats with a sweeping motion. The posterior flagellum is approximately 3 times the cell length, is thicker than the anterior flagellum and emerges as a hook from the flagellar pocket, which is in the left hand side of the cell. The wedge-shaped ingestion apparatus has two rods but may be difficult to see at times. It extends halfway down the cell. The cells consumed Diatoms as long as 16 microns The nucleus is usually in the right posterior end of the cell but may be in the left side. The cells move by gliding and may undergo squirming movements. When changing direction, the cells jerk backwards and then continue to move forward.
| | Dinophysis arctica - Dinophysis arctica Mereschkowsky 1879 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis caudata - Dinophysis caudata Saville-Kent 1881 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by , in and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis cuneus - Dinophysis cuneus was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and as Phalacroma cuneus Schuett 1895 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis doryphora - Dinophysis doryphora (Stein) Abe was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and as Phalacroma doryphorum Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis expulsa - Dinophysis expulsa Kofoid & Michener was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Phytoplankton Ecology of Australasian Waters. In Clayton, M and King, R.J. (eds) Biology of Marine Plants, pp. 310-348 Longman Cheshire and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1992 in Harmful algal blooms in the Australian region. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 25, 186-190 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1993 in A review of harmful algal blooms and their apparent global increase. Phycologia, 32, 79-99. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis favus - Dinophysis favus, as Phalacroma favus Kofoid & Michener 1911 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis hindmarchii - Dinophysis hindmarchii, as Phalacroma hindmarchii Murray & Whitting 1899 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis micropterygia - Dinophysis micropterygia Dangeard 1927 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Phytoplankton Ecology of Australasian Waters. In Clayton, M and King, R.J. (eds) Biology of Marine Plants, pp. 310-348 Longman Cheshire and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis operculoides - Dinophysis operculoides, as Phalacroma operculoides was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis ovum - Dinophysis ovum Schuett 1895 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and as Phalacroma ovum Schuett 1895 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis rapa - Dinophysis rapa was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and as Phalacroma rapa Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis tripos - Dinophysis tripos Gourret 1883 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N., 1988 in The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae) photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27, 25-42 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by , in and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Dinophysis tuberculata - Dinophysis tuberculata Mangin 1919 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Diplopelta parva - Diplopelta parva (Abe) Matsuoka was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Stafford, C., 1999 in A guide to phytoplankton of Aquaculture Ponds Collection, analysis and identification Department of Primary Industries, Queensland and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Diplopsalis lebourae - Diplopsalis lebourae was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Diplopsalis lenticula - Diplopsalis lenticula Bergh 1882 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Diplopsalopsis orbicularis - Diplopsalopsis orbicularis was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527.Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351.by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ditylum brightwellii - Ditylum (die-tie-lum) brightwellii. Marine centric Diatom, cylindrical frustule from the ends of which is a long spine or labiate process. This contains two products of cell division, and each cell has numerous golden chloroplasts. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Ditylum brightwellii - Ditylum (die-tie-lum) brightwellii. Marine centric Diatom, cylindrical frustule from the ends of which is a long spine or labiate process. Many small plastids and central nucleus. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Dolium sedentarium - Dolium (dough-lee-um) is so far only reported from marine habitats. This is the only known heterotrophic euglenid which does not swim around. It is usually found attached to the substrate by the tapered posterior end. Two flagella arise in the flagellar pocket, but only one emerges. Most usually with Diatoms inside, method of feeding is not known. Seems to be more common in slightly anoxic sites. Differential interference contrast.
| Dploneis - Interference contrast image of this small Diatom.
| | Entomoneis - Entomoneis (ent-owe-moan-aye-is) is a pennate Diatom in which the frustule has a spiral twist. Golden brown plastids. Some say this genus cannot be distinguished from Amphiprora. This may be E. alata. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Entomoneis - Entomoneis (ent-owe-moan-aye-is) is a pennate Diatom in which the frustule has a spiral twist. This image shows an empty siliceous frustule. Some say this genus cannot be distinguished from Amphiprora. This may be E. alata. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Ethmodiscus - Ethmosdiscus, a centric Diatom showing wide girdle bands around the cell. The guys may be huge (up to 1 mm in diameter). From the Sargasso Sea. Dark ground illumination, image by Dave Caron
| | Eucampia zoodiacus - Eucampia (you-camp-ee-a) zoodiacus is a filament forming Diatom (stramenochrome). Adjacent cells are attached by two interlocking apical elevations. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Eucampia zoodiacus - Eucampia (you-camp-ee-a) zoodiacus is a filament forming centric Diatom (stramenochrome). Adjacent cells are attached by two interlocking apical elevations. Detail showing peripheral disc-shaped plastids and central nucleus. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Euglena - Euglena. The picture to the left shows euglenids and some Diatoms concentrated within a narrow beam of light using photokinetic reactions to changing light intensities. The image to the right shows the cells beginning to move outwards after the beam of light has been 'opened up'. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Euplotes - This Euplotes is 'standing' on the end of a Diatom chain, hanging on by its cirri, and with the feeding adoral zone of membranelles extending away from the substrate to capture food.
| Fragilaria - The cells in this Diatom are attached side by side to form long curving belts or ribbons. The chloroplasts adhere to the walls where the cells join together. Differential interference contrast.
| Fragilaria - Filaments of Fragilaria, a pennate Diatom in which the valves of adjacent cells are joined by small hooks to form long tough filaments. Dark ground illumination.
| Fragilaria - Filaments of Fragilaria, a pennate Diatom in which the valves of adjacent cells are joined by small hooks to form long tough filaments. Differential interference contrast image emphasizing plastids.
| Fragilaria - Filaments of Fragilaria, a pennate Diatom in which the valves of adjacent cells are joined by small hooks to form long tough filaments. Differential interference contrast image emphasizing plastids, nuclei and nucleoli.
| Fragilaria - Filaments of Fragilaria, a pennate Diatom in which the valves of adjacent cells are joined by small hooks to form long tough filaments. Phase contrast image with attached Synedra.
| Fragilaria islandica - Cingular view. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Fragillaria - Image showing a colony of the centric Diatoms - Fragillaria sp. found in a sponge colonization sample. A sponge was placed off the northern rocky shore of the intertidal pool which is bordered by Fucus sp. and Ascophyllum nodosum.
| Frontonia - Frontonia (front-own-ee-a) is a peniculine ciliate and as such is closely related to the familiar Paramecium. The mouth is supported by strong rods which assists Frontonia in ingesting its preferred food - Diatoms and other moderate sized algae. A Diatom can be seen inside the cell. The mouth is located at about 10 o clock. Like many peniculines the cell has many extrusomes lying just under the cell surface, and these are expelled when the cells are challenged. Large grey area is the nucleus. Phase contrast.
| Frontonia - Frontonia (front-own-ee-a) is a peniculine ciliate and as such is closely related to the familiar Paramecium. The mouth is supported by strong rods which assists Frontonia in ingesting its preferred food - Diatoms and other moderate sized algae. Like many peniculines the cell has many extrusomes lying just under the cell surface, and these are expelled when the cells are challenged. Large grey area is the nucleus. Phase contrast.
| Frontonia - Frontonia (front-own-ee-a) is a peniculine ciliate and as such is closely related to the familiar Paramecium. The mouth is supported by strong rods which assists Frontonia in ingesting its preferred food - Diatoms and other moderate sized algae. The mouth is located at about 10 o clock. Like many peniculines the cell has many extrusomes lying just under the cell surface, and these are expelled when the cells are challenged. Differential interference contrast.
| Frontonia - Frontonia (front-own-ee-a) is a peniculine ciliate and closely related to the familiar Paramecium. The mouth (upper left) is supported by strong rods which assists Frontonia in ingesting its preferred food - Diatoms (as here) and other moderate sized algae. Like many peniculines the cell has many extrusomes lying just under the cell surface, and these are expelled when the cells are challenged. This species has black pigment granules. Differential interference contrast.
| Frontonia - Frontonia (front-own-ee-a) is a peniculine ciliate and closely related to the familiar Paramecium. The mouth (upper left) is supported by strong rods which assists Frontonia in ingesting its preferred food - Diatoms and other moderate sized algae. Like many peniculines the cell has many extrusomes lying just under the cell surface, and these are expelled when the cells are challenged. This species has black pigment granules. Differential interference contrast.
| Frontonia - Frontonia, a ciliate that is common in freshwater habitats, eats Diatoms. Just below the surface of the cell are hundreds of rod-shaped extrusomes that can transform explosively into stiff filaments used for defense from other predators or to push the cell away from undesirable sites.
| Frontonia - Frontonia likes to eat Diatoms. The cytoplasmic contents of the Diatom will be digested and the undigested siliceous frustule will be ejected. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Frontonia - Detail of ventral surface, showing kineties (the dots are the tips of extrusomes)and the mouth. This cell has been eating Diatoms. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Frontonia - This cell has been eating Diatoms. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Frontonia angusta - Right dorsolateral surface view of the hymenostome ciliate, Frontonia angusta (Kahl, 1931). Very similar in overall apppearance to F. acuminata (Ehrenberg,1833)Buetschli,1889. F. angusta lacks the anterior apical collection of pigmented granules seen in F. acuminata and its contractile vacuole has 3-4 excretory pores (4 in this case).The approximately 6 µm long extrusomes are clearly visible. Ingested Diatoms and green algae are present. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho.DIC.
| Frontonia atra - Portrait of the widely distributed hymenostome ciliate, Frontonia atra. This species has a distinctive dorsoventrally flattened teardrop shape. The anterior is broadly rounded, the posterior tapering to a blunt point. F. atra may be confused with Disematostoma buetschlii (the latter has a distinctive cross-striated pre and postoral ciliary suture and contains zoochlorellae and/or kleptoplasts). F. atra has a dense aggregate of dark brown cytoplasmic granules anteriorly (possibly endosymbiotic bacteria). The oral aperture is roughly triangular with the base posterior and the anterior apex terminating at a thin preoral suture. There is an undulating membrane on the right and three adoral membranelles on the left. There is a narrow postoral suture to the right of which lie prominent vestibular ciliary rows and to the left of which lie postoral kineties. The round macronucleus is seen here anterior and to the left of the oral aperture. Numerous extrusomes form a peripheral fringe. The single contractile vacuole (not seen here) is subequatorial on the right. Probably omnivorous. Often found feeding on Diatoms and green algae. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho in June 2003. DIC optics.
| Frontonia atra - Portrait of the widely distributed hymenostome ciliate, Frontonia atra (Ehrenberg, 1833) Buetschli, 1889. This species has a distinctive dorsoventrally flattened teardrop shape. The anterior is broadly rounded, the posterior tapering to a blunt point. F. atra may be confused with Disematostoma buetschlii (the latter has a distinctive cross-striated pre and postoral ciliary suture and contains zoochlorellae and/or kleptoplasts). F. atra often has a dense aggregate of dark brown cytoplasmic granules anteriorly (possibly endosymbiotic bacteria). The oral aperture is roughly triangular with the base posterior and the anterior apex terminating at a thin preoral suture. There is an undulating membrane on the right and three adoral membranelles on the left. There is a narrow postoral suture to the right of which lie prominent vestibular ciliary rows and to the left of which lie postoral kineties. The ellipsoid macronucleus is seen here. Numerous extrusomes form a peripheral fringe. The single contractile vacuole has 2-6 excretory pores (5 in this case;seen to the viewrs right of the posterior end of the macronucleus). Often found feeding on Diatoms and green algae. Collected from freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho in June 2003. DIC optics.
| Frontonia leucas - Key to Schewiakoff\'s abbreviations:
a-- Anus
cv--Contractile vacuole
ccv--Canal of the contratile vacuole
d--Ingested Diatoms
ek--Ectoplasm
N--Macronucleus
ncl--Micronucleus
oe--Throat
p--Pellicle
P--Peristome
tr -- Trichocysts
wr -- Cilia series
| Gastronauta - This is the ventral face of the ciliate showing kineties running around the mouth. A few somatic kineties run uninterrupted to the right of the cytostome (left in this picture as we are looking at the ventral face) arching around the anterior of the cell. Several right somatic kineties are interrupted by the cytostome. A long membrane of cilia lies anterior to the mouth. Gastronauta feeds mainly on Diatoms. Phase contrast illumination
| Gastronauta membranaceus - Gastronauta membranaceus (Engelmann in Bütschli,1889), a hypostome ciliate, distinguished by its long transversely oriented cytostome. The cytostome lacks trichites. The body is ovoid in outline and strongly dorsoventrally flattened. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for two short dorsal kineties anteriorly. A few somatic kineties run uninterrupted to the right of the cytostome arching around the anterior of the cell. Several right somatic kineties are interrupted by the cytostome. The left somatic kineties terminate at the cytostome. A single kinety runs around the circumference of the cytostome. An unciliated bare are overlies the region of the macronucleus posterior to the cytostome. The macronucleus is oblong and heteromerous (i.e. containing areas with markedly differing RNA and DNA contents resulting in irregular staining and optical characteristics). The single micronucleus is quite prominent. Two contractile vacuoles are present, one in the anterior half and one posteriorly. Gastronauta feeds mainly on Diatoms. From a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. DIC. This image was taken by William Bourland. He now uses a Zeiss Axioskop 2 with a Spot Insight CCD camera (Diagnostic Instruments).
| Gastronauta membranaceus - Gastronauta membranaceus (Engelmann in Bütschli,1889), a hypostome ciliate, distinguished by its long transversely oriented cytostome. The cytostome lacks trichites. The body is ovoid in outline and strongly dorsoventrally flattened. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for two short dorsal kineties anteriorly. A few somatic kineties run uninterrupted to the right of the cytostome arching around the anterior of the cell. Several right somatic kineties are interrupted by the cytostome. The left somatic kineties terminate at the cytostome. A single kinety runs around the circumference of the cytostome. An unciliated bare are overlies the region of the macronucleus posterior to the cytostome. The macronucleus is oblong and heteromerous (i.e. containing areas with markedly differing RNA and DNA contents resulting in irregular staining and optical characteristics). The single micronucleus is quite prominent. Two contractile vacuoles are present, one in the anterior half and one posteriorly. Gastronauta feeds mainly on Diatoms. From a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Phase contrast illumination.
| Gastronauta membranaceus - Gastronauta membranaceus (Engelmann in Bütschli,1889), a hypostome ciliate, distinguished by its long transversely oriented cytostome. The cytostome lacks trichites. The body is ovoid in outline and strongly dorsoventrally flattened. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for two short dorsal kineties anteriorly. A few somatic kineties run uninterrupted to the right of the cytostome arching around the anterior of the cell. Several right somatic kineties are interrupted by the cytostome. The left somatic kineties terminate at the cytostome. A single kinety runs around the circumference of the cytostome. An unciliated bare are overlies the region of the macronucleus posterior to the cytostome. The macronucleus is oblong and heteromerous (i.e. containing areas with markedly differing RNA and DNA contents resulting in irregular staining and optical characteristics). The single micronucleus is quite prominent. Two contractile vacuoles are present, one in the anterior half and one posteriorly. Gastronauta feeds mainly on Diatoms. From a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Phase contrast illumination.
| | Glenodinium danicum - Glenodinium danicum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Glenodinium lenticula - Glenodinium lenticula was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Glenodinium pulvisculus - Glenodinium pulvisculus (Ehrenberg) Stein was reported in Australia by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Gomphonema - Gomphonema (gomf-owe-knee-ma), pennate Diatom which is more expanded to one end and tapered to the other. With a central raphe and surface sculptings which are typical of Diatoms, as well as the characteristic yellow brown chloroplasts with chlorophylls a and c. Phase contrast.
| Gomphonema - Gomphonema (gomf-owe-knee-ma), pennate Diatom which is more expanded to one end and tapered to the other. Here seen with a more typically shaped Diatom. With a central raphe and surface sculptings which are typical of Diatoms, as well as the characteristic yellow brown chloroplasts with chlorophylls a and c. Differential interference contrast.
| | Goniodoma polyedricum - Goniodoma polyedricum (Pouchet 1883) Joergensen 1899 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax birostris - Gonyaulax birostris Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax caudata - Gonyaulax caudata was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Blackburn, S. I. and Oshima, Y., 1991 in Species of the toxigenic dinoflagellate genus Alexandrium in southeastern Australian waters. Botanica Marina, 34, 575-587 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax diacantha - Gonyaulax diacantha (Meunier 1919) Schiller 1937 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax digitale - Gonyaulax digitale (Pouchet 1883) Kofoid 1911 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Johnson, K. R. and Albani, A. D., 1973 in Biotopes of recent benthonic Foraminifera in Pitt Water Broken Bay New South Wales Australia. Palaeogeography Palaeoclimatology Palaeoecology 14, 265-276. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax grindleyi - Gonyaulax grindleyi Reinecke was reported in Australia by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax kofoidi - Gonyaulax kofoidi Pavillard 1909 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax minima - Gonyaulax minima Matzenauer 1933 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax minuta - Gonyaulax minuta Kofoid & Michener was reported in Australia by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1982 in Dynamics of phytoplankton in the Great Barrier Reef Lagoon Journal of Plankton Research, 4, 47-76 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax monacantha - Gonyaulax monacantha Pavillard 1916 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax polyedra - Gonyaulax polyedra Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1992 in Harmful algal blooms in the Australian region. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 25, 186-190 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax polygramma - Gonyaulax polygramma Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by , in and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax spinifera - Gonyaulax spinifera (Claparède & Lachmann 1859) Diesing 1866 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australasian region IV. Some quantitative aspects. Nova Hedwigia, 8,453-461 and by Johnson, K. R. and Albani, A. D., 1973 in Biotopes of recent benthonic Foraminifera in Pitt Water Broken Bay New South Wales Australia. Palaeogeography Palaeoclimatology Palaeoecology 14, 265-276 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Esterman, A., Roder, D. M., Cameron, A. S., Robinson, B. S., Walters, R. P., Lake J. A. and Christy, P. E., 1984 in Determinants of the microbiological characteristics of South Australian swimming pools. Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 47, 325-328. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gonyaulax verior - Gonyaulax verior Sournia was reported in Australia by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Patterson, D. J. and Burford, M. A., 2001 in A guide to the protozoa of marine aquaculture ponds. CSIRO Publishing, Collingwood, Australia. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gymnodinium abbreviatum - Gymnodinium abbreviatum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gymnodinium arcuatum - Gymnodinium arcuatum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gymnodinium catenatum - Gymnodinium catenatum Graham 1943 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G., 1995 in Algal blooms in Australian coastal waters Water, July August 1995, 20-23 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Hallegraeff, G.M., Valentine, J.P., Marshall, J-A., and Bolch, C.J., 1997 in Temperature tolerance of toxic dinoflagellate cysts, application to the treatment of ships' ballast water. Aquatic Ecology, 31, 47-52 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Sumner, C. E., 1986 in Toxic plankton blooms affect shellfish farms. Australian Fisheries, 45, 15-18 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Koerbin, B. and Bryan, J., 1988 in Ballast water a danger to aquaculture. Australian Fisheries, 47, 32-34 and by Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service, 1993 in Report on ballast water treatment for the removal of marine organisms. Australian Government Printing Service, Canberra and by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B., 1990 in Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water, a danger to aquaculture. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli, E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 475-480 and by Oshima, Y., Sugino, K., Itakura, H., Hirota, M. and Yasumoto, T., 1989 in Comparative studies on paralytic shellfish toxin profile of dinoflagellates and bivalves. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli., E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 391-396 and by Jeffrey, S. W., Dunlap, W., MacTavish, H.S. and Vesk, M., 2000 in UV-absorbing compounds in marine microalgae, focus on bloom-forming species. International Conference on Harmful Algal Blooms, 9th Conference, Hobart, Tasmania, p. 143 and by Bolch, C. J. S., 2000 in Evolution and biogeography of the Gymnodinium catenatum species complex, a multidiciplinary approach. International Conference on Harmful Algal Blooms, 9th Conference, Hobart, Tasmania, p. 8 and by Doblin, M.A., Blackburn, S.I. And Hallegraeff, G.M., 1999 in Growth and biomass stimulation of the toxic dinoflagellate Gymnodinium catenatum (Graham) by dissolved organic substances Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 236, 33-47 and by Blackburn, S. I., Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C. J., 1989 in Vegetative reproduction and sexual life cycle of the toxic dinoflagellate Gymnodinium catenatum from Tasmania, Australia. Journal of Phycology, 25, 577-590 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Steffensen, D.A. and Wetherbee, R., 1988 in Three estuarine Australian dinoflagellates that can produce paralytic shellfish toxins Journal of Plankton research, 10, 533-541 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., McCausland, M.A. and Brown, R.K., 1995 in Early warning of toxic dinoflagellate blooms of Gymnodinium catenatum in southern Tasmanian waters Journal of Plankton Research, 17,1163-1176 and by Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Phytoplankton Ecology of Australasian Waters. In Clayton, M and King, R.J. (eds) Biology of Marine Plants, pp. 310-348 Longman Cheshire and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1992 in Harmful algal blooms in the Australian region. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 25, 186-190 and by McMinn, A., 1991 in Recent dinoflagellate cysts from estuaries of the central coast of New South Wales, Australia. Micropalaeontology, 37, 269-287 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1993 in A review of harmful algal blooms and their apparent global increase. Phycologia, 32, 79-99 and by Bolch, C.J.S., Negri, A. P. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1999 in Gymnodinium microreticulatum sp. Nov. (Dinophyceae), a naked, microreticulate cyst-producing dinoflagellate, distinct from Gymnodinium catenatum and Gymnodinium nolleri Phycologia, 38, 301-313 and by Oshima, Y., Hasegawa, M., Yasumoto, T., Hallegraeff, G. and Blackburn S., 1987 in Dinoflagellate Gymnodinium catenatum as the source of paralytic shellfish toxins in Tasmanian shellfish. Toxicon, 25, 1105-1112.. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gymnodinium fusus - Gymnodinium fusus Schuett 1895 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gyrodinium brittanicum - Gyrodinium brittanicum was reported by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 but no species with that name has been described and we believe they may have been referring to Gymnodinium brittania. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Gyrodinium formosum - Gyrodinium formosum Campbell 1973 was reported in Australia by Larsen, J., 1996 in Unarmoured dinoflagellates from Australian waters II. Genus Gyrodinium (Gymnodiniales, Dinophyceae). Phycologica 35, 342-349 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Larsen, J., 1996 in Unarmoured dinoflagellates from Australian waters II. Genus Gyrodinium (Gymnodiniales, Dinophyceae). Phycologica 35, 342-349. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Gyrosigma - Gyrosigma (gyre-o-sig-ma), this is a pennate Diatom, and this detail shows the pattern of striae (holes) on the frustule. This square packed pattern to either side of the raphe allows this genus to be distinguished from the superficially similar Pleurosigma. Differential interference contrast.
| Gyrosigma - Gyrosigma sp. (pennate Diatom) is a benthic alga in Lake Kinneret that at times appears in the plankton, especially near the shore.
| Haynesina germanica - This specimen was collected on Sapelo Island, Georgia. The nearly transparent tendrils extending from the test are the reticulopodia. The green color is caused by chloroplasts that the foram has stolen from Diatoms that it eats. Image courtesy of Susan T. Goldstein, University of Georgia.
| Heteronema larseni - Heteronema (het-err-owe-knee-ma) larseni Lee and Patterson, 2000. Cells are ovate, 35 to 48 microns long, flattened, with a posterior point to the cell. Approximately 36 pellicular striations follow an S-helix. The striations of the ventral face are more distinct than the dorsal ones. The striations appear to overlap each other, with raised ridges being separated by flat regions. Some but not all cells have globular granules located along the grooves. This species is capable of squirming movements, but not vigorously so. The anterior flagellum is about the length of the cell and bends to the right while the cell is swimming. The posterior flagellum bends to the left while swimming, is slightly longer than the cell and is stronger than the anterior flagellum. The posterior flagellum is swollen near its base. The ingestion organelle has two conspicuous thick rods and extends to two thirds of the length of the cell. Consumes Diatoms, one cell containing Diatoms up to 22 microns long. The reservoir is pear-shaped and in the left half of the cell. The nucleus is about 15 microns long and located in the left side of the cell near the midline. About 2 microns size refractile bodies lie around the reservoir, ingestion organelle and nucleus. The cells move by skidding in close contact with the substrate.
| Heteronema larseni - Heteronema larseni Lee and Patterson, 2000. Cells are ovate, 35 to 48 microns long, flattened, with a posterior point to the cell. Approximately 36 pellicular striations follow an S-helix. The striations of the ventral face are more distinct than the dorsal ones. The striations appear to overlap each other, with raised ridges being separated by flat regions. Some but not all cells have globular granules located along the grooves. This species is capable of squirming movements, but not vigorously so. The anterior flagellum is about the length of the cell and bends to the right while the cell is swimming. The posterior flagellum bends to the left while swimming, is slightly longer than the cell and is stronger than the anterior flagellum. The posterior flagellum is swollen near its base. The ingestion organelle has two conspicuous thick rods and extends to two thirds of the length of the cell. Consumes Diatoms, one cell containing Diatoms up to 22 microns long. The reservoir is pear-shaped and in the left half of the cell. The nucleus is about 15 microns long and located in the left side of the cell near the midline. About 2 microns size refractile bodies lie around the reservoir, ingestion organelle and nucleus. The cells move by skidding in close contact with the substrate.
| Heteronema ovale - Heteronema (het-err-owe-knee-ma) ovale Kahl, 1928. Cell outline is ovate. Cells are 15 to 30 microns, flattened, and metabolic. The pellicular striations follow a S-helix on the ventral and dorsal faces of the cell and may or may not have associated refractile bodies. This species is capable of vigorous squirming movements. Two flagella are of almost equal length and are slightly longer than the cell. The posterior flagellum has a knob at its base and is stronger than the anterior flagellum. The ingestion organelle has two rods, and the species eats Diatoms. The reservoir and nucleus are located in the left side of the cell. The cells move by skidding or by vigorous squirming in contact with substrate. Sometimes commonly observed.
| Heteronema ovale - Heteronema ovale Kahl, 1928. Cell outline is ovate. Cells are 15 to 30 microns, flattened, and metabolic. The pellicular striations follow a S-helix on the ventral and dorsal faces of the cell and may or may not have associated refractile bodies. This species is capable of vigorous squirming movements. Two flagella are of almost equal length and are slightly longer than the cell. The posterior flagellum has a knob at its base and is stronger than the anterior flagellum. The ingestion organelle has two rods, and the species eats Diatoms. The reservoir and nucleus are located in the left side of the cell. The cells move by skidding or by vigorous squirming in contact with substrate.
| Heteronema pterbica - Heteronema pterbica Schroeckh et al. Biflagellated, highly metabolic, gliding euglenid, cell shape varying from rounded, to ovate or cylindrical but not flattened. Cells 35 - 90 microns long. The anterior end of the cell is flat, the posterior end of cell tapers to a point. The canal opens obliquely, through a slit-like opening. There are two flagella, unequal in length. The anterior flagellum is thick, directed anteriorly during swimming or gliding and is about or slightly more than 1.0. cell length. The recurrent flagellum is thinner than the anterior one, curving posteriorly and is about 0.5 cell length or slightly longer. The pellicle has characterisically 15-20 strongly developed ribs which follow an S-helix, and are spaced about 2.5 microns apart. The ingestion apparatus is composed of fine rods which have may be up to half the length of the cell. A spherical nucleus is present in the middle of cell and has a granular appearance. A contractile vacuole is located dorsally near the flagellar pocket. The cell contains completely small roundish lens-shaped refractile grains and often several ingested Diatoms.
| | Karenia mikimotoi - Karenia mikimotoi(Miyake & Kominami)Hansen & Moestrup, as Gymnodinium mikimotoi Miyake & Kominami 1935 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G., 1995 in Algal blooms in Australian coastal waters Water, July August 1995, 20-23 and as Gymnodinium nagasakiense was reported in Australia by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Phytoplankton Ecology of Australasian Waters. In Clayton, M and King, R.J. (eds) Biology of Marine Plants, pp. 310-348 Longman Cheshire and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Lembadion bullinum - Key to Schewiakoff\'s abbreviations:
b -- Sensory bristle
cv -- Contractile vacuole
d -- Ingested Diatom
ek -- Ectoplasm
hy -- Hypostome
l.Pr -- Left edge of peristome
mi -- Inner undulating membrane
ml -- Left undulating membrane
mr -- Right undulating membrane
N -- Macronucleus
ncl -- Micronucleus
o -- Mouth
P -- Peristome
pe -- Excretory pore
r.pr -- Right edge of peristome
| Lembadion lucens - Portrait (dorsal view) of the oligohymenophorean ciliate, Lembadion lucens (Maskell, 1887) Kahl, 1931 showing detail of the pellicle. The cell outline is oval. The ventral surface is concave and the dorsum convex. The very large scoop-like peristome occupies most of the ventral surface. The cytostome is at the posterior end of the peristome. There is a small undulating membrane on the right margin of the peristome. A large sheet-like adoral membranelle arises from the left margin of the peristome. There are 25-35 evenly spaced longitudinal somatic kineties. The posterior 2/3 of the pellicle of L. lucens has an areolate pattern divided into small roughly rectangular depressions (similar to the pattern of the entire pellicle of L. bullinum). The dikinetids of the somatic kineties occupy the center of the rectangles. The anterior 1/3 of the pellicle has a longitudinal striate pattern (similar to the pattern of the entire pellicle of L. magnum). The somatic dikinetids lie in the center of these striae. Ingested Diatoms and highly refractile crystals are visible in the cytoplasm. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho July 2004. DIC .
| Lembadion lucens - Portrait (ventral view) of the oligohymenophorean ciliate, Lembadion lucens (Maskell, 1887) Kahl, 1931. The cell outline is oval. The ventral surface is concave and the dorsum convex. The very large scoop-like peristome occupies most of the ventral surface. The cytostome is at the posterior end of the peristome. There is a small undulating membrane on the right margin of the peristome. A large sheet-like adoral membranelle arises from the left margin of the peristome. There are 25-35 evenly spaced longitudinal somatic kineties. The posterior 2/3 of the pellicle of L. lucens has an areolate pattern divided into small roughly rectangular depressions (similar to the pattern of the entire pellicle of L. bullinum). The dikinetids of the somatic kineties occupy the center of the rectangles. The anterior 1/3 of the pellicle has a longitudinal striate pattern (similar to the pattern of the entire pellicle of L. magnum). The somatic dikinetids lie in the center of these striae. There is usually a tuft of longer caudal cilia. The contractile vacuole (seen here to the viewer’s right of the macronucleus) connects with its excretory pore by a long curved canal (not seen here). The single ovoid macronucleus and micronucleus are posterior (the micronucleus is seen overlying the macronucleus here). Ingested Diatoms and highly refractile crystalline inclusions are visible in the cytoplasm. L. lucens is distinguished from L. magnum and L. bullinum by its smaller size and the structure of its pellicle.Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho July 2004. DIC .
| Leptocylindrus - Leptocylindrus (leapt-oh-sill-in-druss) a elongated marine Diatom, common in the water column. Phase contrast.
| | Licmophora juergensii - Licmophora juergensii living together with other araphid Diatoms, peritrich ciliates and filamentous cyanobacteria on a red alga. They use jelly stalks for fixation on the substratum.
Collected from Bodden, the brackish waters lying between the isles of Hiddensee and Ruegen (German Baltic Sea). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Lyrella - Pennate Diatoms. The cells are enclosed in siliceous valves. There are typically two valves - a top one and a lower one, and they are joined together with fine bands or girdle strips. With plastids containing chlorophylls a and c (they are stramenopiles after all). Genera and species distinguished largely by the shape of the organism and the pattern of pores and sculptings of the siliceous shell or frustule. This pennate Diatom is seen in valve view, there is an H shaped zone without sculptings in the frustule. Large plastids. The raphe is the two-part line running axially along the centre of the valve. Differential interference contrast.
| Mediopyxis helysia - Image shows chloroplasts, small sparkling droplets of storage matter, and the fine connection tubes between the cells. Scale bar indicates 100 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Mediopyxis helysia - Image shows chloroplasts, small sparkling droplets of storage polysaccharide chrysolaminarin used as carbohydrate food reserve, and the fine connection tubes between the cells. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Mediopyxis helysia - After several minutes of observation chloroplasts are transported to the cell center, maybe to save the nucleus and most of the chloroplasts against harmful amounts of UV radiation. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Mediopyxis helysia - Image shows chloroplasts and nuclei. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Mediopyxis helysia - Image shows chloroplasts and nuclei. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Mediopyxis helysia - Closeup showing connection site, chloroplasts, sparkling droplets of storage matter and the nuclei with central hyalin nucleolus and the granulated karyoplasma around. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Mediopyxis helysia - Closeup showing chloroplasts, sparkling droplets of storage matter and the nuclei with central hyalin nucleolus and the granulated karyoplasma around. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Melosira - Melosira (mell-o-sigh-ra) is a centric Diatom. The cells are like old-style hat boxes, or old-style pill boxes, or like petri-dishes. In Melosira, many cells are joined end to end to create a filament. The less substantial rings on the lower image are where the two halves of the frustule are joined together by the girdle bands, the more visible connections are where two cells are joined together. Each cell has a radial symmetry. As with other Diatoms, plastids have chlorophylls a and c and so have a yellow brown colour. The lower picture reveals the individual disc-shaped plastids. Phase contrast.
| Melosira - Melosira (mell-o-sire-a) is a centric Diatom. The cells are like old-style hat boxes, or old-style pill boxes, or like petri-dishes. In Melosira, many cells are joined end to end to create a filament. The less substantial rings on the lower image are where the two halves of the frustule are joined together by the girdle bands, the more visible connections are where two cells are joined together. Each cell has a radial symmetry. As with other Diatoms, plastids have chlorophylls a and c and so have a yellow brown colour. Differential interference contrast.
| Melosira moniliformis - Colony with epibiotic bacteria chains. Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Melosira moniliformis - Colony with epibiotic bacteria chains. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Melosira moniliformis - Melosira moniliformis accompanied by Fragilaria islandica. Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Melosira nummuloides - Melosira (mellow-sire-a) nummuloides, filament forming centric Diatom, with multiple small plastids within the cell. Dark ground illumination. Leptosiropsis (leapt-owe-sire-op-sis) torulosa, green alga with organic wall that is produced in layers. Phase contrast microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Melosira nummuloides - Melosira (mellow-sire-a) nummuloides, filament forming centric Diatom, with multiple small plastids within the cell clearly shown in this micrograph. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Microbes in film - A piece of orange mat at higher magnification shows the presence of intertwined bacteria (some spiral some not) and boat-shaped Diatoms.
| Ministeria vibrans - Ministeria vibrans Tong, 1997. Cells are 1.2-4 microns (usually 2.5microns), arms 3.5-8microns, stalk 2-16.5 microns Cells are spherical with between 16 and 30 (20 seems usual) fine radiating arms spaced at regular intervals. The arms vary in length, but are all of the same length on all individual cell. Cells arc frequently seen attached to surfaces (Diatoms, filamentous cyanobacteria or detrital flocs) by a stalk. The stalk is thicker than the arms at the proximal end, but is frequently extended by a fine cytoplasmic thread which seems identical to the arms except that it can greatly exceed them in length. When attached, cells are sometimes seen to vibrate, the purpose and mechanism of this activity is unknown. Cells in mono-culture only rarely have stalks. When cells are in contact with a surface (e.g. on a microscope slide) they can shift position slightly, with the aid of the arms, which bend slightly during the process.
| | Minuscula bipes - Minuscula bipes was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Mougeotia - Mougeotia accompanied by the Diatom Fragilaria ulna. The scale bar indicates 50 µm.
The specimen was gathered in the wetlands of Oderbruch (Oder valley 100 km north east of Berlin). The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique. Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| Navicula - Diatoms are algae which live in little glass boxes or frustules - rather like little petri dishes. Pennate Diatoms are motile, and rely on, we believe, the excretion of mucus through a slit in the wall - the slit is the raphe and runs down the flat faces of the petri dishes (frustules in Diatom terminology). The frustule is perforated with tiny holes to allow the Diatom to excrete waste products, and pick up nutrients, dissolved gases etc. from the surrounding water. This image shows the raphe and the pattern of sculpting in the frustule. Phase contrast.
| Navicula - Navicula (na-vick-you-la), small to medium pennate Diatom, common in sediments. With browny coloured plastid contracted to the centre of the cell. Refractile globules are lipid inclusions. The cell is located within a shell (frustule) made of silica (glass) and the patterns of pores and strengthening elements is used to distinguish different taxa. Differential interference contrast.
| Navicula - Navicula (na-vick-you-la), small to medium pennate Diatom, common in sediments. With browny coloured plastid located around the edges of the cell. Refractile globules are lipid inclusions. The cell is located within a shell (frustule) made of silica (glass) and the patterns of pores and strengthening elements is used to distinguish different taxa. Differential interference contrast.
| Navicula - A common planktonic pennate Diatom.
| | Netzelia tuberculata - The test of Netzelia tuberculata shows its mulberry surface which gave the name (tuberculata). As all Lesquereusiidae Netzelia builds up the test with self-made siliceous pads (called idiosomes). A few xenosomes (mostly parts of frustule from pennate Diatoms) are also visible. All xenosomes are covered with a siliceous coating. Scale bar indicates 25µm
Sample from a freshwater pond on the island of Hiddensee (Baltic Sea, Germany). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Netzelia tuberculata - Detail view on the test of Netzelia tuberculata. Idiosomes and (between them, to stabilize the Mulberry texture) a few frustules from tiny pennate Diatoms as xenosomes are visible. All xenosomes are covered with a siliceous coating. Sample from a freshwater pond on the island of Hiddensee (Baltic Sea, Germany). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Nitzschia - This is a small piece of detrital material extruded from a sponge that was suspended in Mono lake. The sponge has been colonized by very large numbers of mostly Nitzschia Diatoms. Salts present in the hypersaline water have also crystallized - demonstrating the capacity of the Diatom to live in very extreme circumstances. Phase contrast micrograph.
| Nitzschia - This Nitzschia cell was taken from a sponge that had been suspended in the lake to allow it to become colonized by microbes. The lake contains many species of this genus. The Diatom species in Mono Lake have been described in - Kociolek, JP and Herbst, DB. 1992. Taxonomy and distribution of benthic Diatoms from Mono Lake, California. Tansactions of the American microscopical Society, 111: 338-255. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Nitzschia - These Nitzschia cells live within the detrital material (in this case a bacterial floc) in the Lake. This particular sample was taken from a sponge that had been suspended in the lake to allow it to become colonized by microbes. The Diatom species in Mono Lake have been described in - Kociolek, JP and Herbst, DB. 1992. Taxonomy and distribution of benthic Diatoms from Mono Lake, California. Tansactions of the American microscopical Society, 111: 338-255. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Nitzschia - Small fragment of debris in which there are numerous Nitzschia cells, but the debris also contains numerous crystalline deposits - showing the tolerance of the Diatom for high concentrations of salt. Differential intereference contrast optics.
| Nitzschia - Nitzschia species with large cells. The inserts show keel arcs of the fibulate raphe system and the nucleus with nucleolus and the chromatine structure typical for Diatom nuclei. Scale bar indicates 100µm. multi layer image using 12 frames generating depth of focus, stacked manually using Corel Photopaint.
Sample from a pond on the island of Hiddensee (Baltic Sea, Germany). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Noctiluca scintillans - Noctiluca scintillans (Macartney) Ehrenberg 1834 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Sumner, C. E., 1986 in Toxic plankton blooms affect shellfish farms. Australian Fisheries, 45, 15-18 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Tong, S. M. Nygaard, K., Bernard, C., Vørs, N. and Patterson, D. J., 1998 in Heterotrophic flagellates from the water column in Port Jackson, Sydney, Australia. European Journal of Protistology., 34, 162-194 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Murray, S. and Suthers, I, 1999, in Population ecology of Noctiluca scintillans Macartney, a red tide forming dinoflagellate, Marine and Freshwater Research, 50, 243-252 and by Dela Cruz, J., Ajani, P., Lee, R. and Suthers, I., 2000 in Noctiluca scintillans - an indicator of coastal eutrophication International Conference on Harmful Algal Blooms, 9th Conference, Hobart, Tasmania, p. 12 and by Ajani, P., Lee, R., Pritchard, T. and Krogh, M., 2000 in Phytoplankton dynamics at a long-term coastal station off Sydney, Australia. International Conference on Harmful Algal Blooms, 9th Conference, Hobart, Tasmania, p. 75 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1992 in Harmful algal blooms in the Australian region. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 25, 186-190 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222.by Hallegraeff, G., 1995 in Algal blooms in Australian coastal waters Water, July August 1995, 20-23 This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Nostoc - Ball shaped colony of Nostoc, with Diatoms and other algae incorporated within it. Dark ground illumination.
| | Notosolenus ostium - Notosolenus ostium. Cell feeding on the plastid of a Diatom - observed in sandy and muddy marine sediments in the vicinity of Broome, Western Australia in September 2003. This image was taken using phase contrast optics. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Odontella - Odontella (owe-don-tell-a) mobiliensis, a centric Diatom. The frustule or shell is formed of two valves joined by girdle bands. With horns (spines) emerging from the apical margins of the valves and more spines (referred to as apical processes) arising closer to the centre of the valves. Many small peripheral chloroplasts and a central nucleus. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Odontella aurita - Scale bar indicates 10 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Odontella aurita - Scale bar indicates 25 µm.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Use of SEM equipment courtesy of Lab Dr. Karl-Heinz Schäffner, Solingen, Germany.
| Odontella aurita - Depth-of-focus image exhibiting structure of the frustules. Chloroplasts are concentrated in cell centers due to long lasting exposition with microscope\'s illumination. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Odontella aurita - Long chains of Odontella aurita accompanied by Chaetoceros danicus and Thalassiosira nordenskjoeldii. Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Odontella aurita - Depth-of-focus image exhibiting structure of the frustules (apical view). Oblique light. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Odontella granulata - Depth-of-focus image exhibiting structure of the frustules. Note the furcation of tips of the silica processes. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Odontella mobiliensis - Odontella (owe-don-tell-a) mobiliensis, a centric Diatom. The frustule or shell is formed of two valves joined by girdle bands. Many small peripheral chloroplasts and a central nucleus. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Odontella mobiliensis - Odontella (owe-don-tell-a) mobiliensis, a centric Diatom. The frustule or shell is formed of two valves joined by girdle bands. With horns (spines) emerging from the apical margins of the valves and more spines (referred to as apical processes) arising closer to the centre of the valves. Many small peripheral chloroplasts and a central nucleus. Two daughter cells located within frustule of parental cell. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Ornithocercus heteroporus - Ornithocercus heteroporus Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ornithocercus orbiculatus - Ornithocercus orbiculatus was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ornithocercus quadratus - Ornithocercus quadratus Schuett 1900 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ornithocercus serratus - Ornithocercus serratus was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ornithocercus skogsbergii - Ornithocercus skogsbergii was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ornithocercus splendidus - Ornithocercus splendidus Schuett 1893 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Ornithocercus thurni - Ornithocercus thurni Kofoid & Skogsberg 1928 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Ovammina opaca - Ovammina is a monothalamous agglutinated foraminifera found in salt marshes. This specimen was collected on Sapelo Island, GA. Test is finely agglutinated clay. Pseudopodia are extented and gathering food, including Diatoms.
| | Oxytoxum compressum - Oxytoxum compressum Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Oxytoxum cribrosum - Oxytoxum cribrosum Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Oxytoxum curvatum - Oxytoxum curvatum (Kofoid 1907) Kofoid 1911 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Oxytoxum diploconus - Oxytoxum diploconus Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Oxytoxum gracile - Oxytoxum gracile Schiller 1937 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Oxytoxum longiceps - Oxytoxum longiceps Schiller 1937 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Oxytoxum sceptrum - Oxytoxum sceptrum (Stein 1883) Schroeder 1906 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Grant, B.R. and Kerr, J.D., 1970 in Phytoplankton numbers and species at Port Hacking station and their relationship to the physical environment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater research, 21, 35-45. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Oxytoxum scolopax - Oxytoxum scolopax Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Furnas, M.J., 1989 in Cyclonic disturbance and a phytoplankton bloom in a tropical shelf ecosystem. In Okaichi, T., Anderson, D., and Nemoto, T. (eds) Red tides, biology, environmental science and toxicology. Elsevier, Japan and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Paraphysomonas - Paraphysomonas (para-fie-sew-moan-ass) a heterotrophic stramenopile (related to Ochromonas and organisms traditionally referred to as chrysophytes). It is distinguished because the body surface is coated with a fine layer of scales, although in most species (this one is an exception) the scales cannot be seen with the light microscope. There are two flagella, a long one with hairs (the hairs are not visible with the light microscope) but which beats with an undulating motion and draws fluid and suspended food particles to the surface of the cell. They are voracious, and this one has ingested a Diatom many times larger than itself. Phase contrast.
| Paraphysomonas vestita - Portrait of Paraphysomonas vestita, a colourless stramenopile flagellate. This is the type species for the genus. About 50 species are recognized. Swims freely but may attach to substrate by thin posterior stalk. The body is spherical, pyriform or ovoid. There are two flagella (visible but slightly out of focal plane here), one longer with tripartite hairs and a short less active one, which is smooth. The slightly eccentric nucleus is seen here. A single contractile vacuole is seen here. Stigma absent. Radiating endogenous siliceous spine scales (seen here) cover the cell surface. Scale morphology (by EM) is species specific. Most Paraphysomonas species have spine scales of one morphology but some species have 2 or 3 different types. Cells consume bacteria, Diatoms and algae. From standing freshwater near Boise, Idaho. DIC optics.
| Pauliella taeniata - Filamentous Diatom commonly found near the Tvarminne Zoological Station. Previously known as Achnantes taeniata.
| | Peridinium aciculiferum - Peridinium aciculiferum (Lemmermann) Lindeman was reported in Australia by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium applanatum - Peridinium applanatum was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Thomasson, K., 1973 in Notes on the plankton of some Sydney reservoirs, with descriptions of two interesting desmids. Contributions from the N.S.W. National Herbarium, 4, 384-394 and by Thomasson, K., 1986 in Algal vegetation in North Australian billabongs. Nova Hedwigia, 42, 301-378. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium britoni - Peridinium britoni was reported in Australia by Balech, E., 1962 in Tintinnoinea y Dinoflagellata del Pacifico segun material de las expediciones Norpac y Downwind del Instituto Scripps de Oceanografia. Revista del Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, Sciencias Zoologia, 7, 1-253 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium centenniale - Peridinium centenniale (Playfair 1919) Lefèvre 1932 was reported in Australia by Day, S. A., Wickham, R. P, Entwisle, T. J. and Tyler, P. A., 1995 in Bibliographic checklist of non-marine algae in Australia. Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra, Australia and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Ling, H. U., Croome, R. L. and Tyler, P. A., 1989 in Freshwater dinoflagellates of Tasmania, a survey of taxonomy and distribution. British Phycological Journal, 24, 111-130 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium cinctum - Peridinium cinctum Ehrenberg was reported in Australia by Thomasson, K., 1986 in Algal vegetation in North Australian billabongs. Nova Hedwigia, 42, 301-378 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium curtipes - Peridinium curtipes Paulsen 1907 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium decipiens - Peridinium decipiens Joergensen 1899 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium diabolus - Peridinium diabolus Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium divergens - Peridinium divergens Ehrenberg 1840 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium elegans - Peridinium elegans Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Peridinium faeroense - Peridinium faeroense was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium fatulipes - Peridinium fatulipes Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Peridinium gatunense - Peridinium gatunense Nygaard 1925 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Ling, H. U., Croome, R. L. and Tyler, P. A., 1989 in Freshwater dinoflagellates of Tasmania, a survey of taxonomy and distribution. British Phycological Journal, 24, 111-130 and by Thomasson, K., 1986 in Algal vegetation in North Australian billabongs. Nova Hedwigia, 42, 301-378 and by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra and by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra. Peridinium gatunense zonatum(Playfair 1912) Lefèvre 1927 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Thomasson, K., 1973 in Notes on the plankton of some Sydney reservoirs, with descriptions of two interesting desmids. Contributions from the N.S.W. National Herbarium, 4, 384-394 This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium globulus - Peridinium globulus Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium granii - Peridinium granii Ostenfeld 1906 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. Peridinium granii mite Ostenfeld 1906 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Bowling, L. C., 1988 in Optical properties, nutrients and phytoplankton of freshwater coastal dune lakes in South-east Queensland. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 39, 805-815 and by Thomasson, K., 1973 in Notes on the plankton of some Sydney reservoirs, with descriptions of two interesting desmids. Contributions from the N.S.W. National Herbarium, 4, 384-394 and by May, V., 1988 in Algae of Carcoar Dam, New South Wales, Australia. Cunninghamia, 2, 1-7. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium gutwinskii - Peridinium gutwinskii Woloszynski was reported in Australia by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium inconspicuum - Peridinium inconspicuum Lemmermann 1899 was reported in Australia by by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Thomasson, K., 1986 in Algal vegetation in North Australian billabongs. Nova Hedwigia, 42, 301-378 and by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra and by Thomasson, K., 1986 in Algal vegetation in North Australian billabongs. Nova Hedwigia, 42, 301-378 and by Playfair, G. I., 1919 in Peridineae of New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 44, 793-818. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium intermedium - Peridinium intermedium Playfair 1919 was reported in Australia by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra. Peridinium intermedium conicum Playfair 1919 was reported in Australia by Playfair, G. I., 1919 in Peridineae of New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 44, 793-818 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium latispinum - Peridinium latispinum Mangin 1926 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium longispinum - Peridinium longispinum was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium obovatum - Peridinium obovatum Wood 1954 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium okamurai - Peridinium okamurai Abe 1927 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1940 in The plankton of the Australian coastal waters off New South Wales. Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Ltd., 256pp. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium ovatum - Peridinium ovatum (Pouchet 1883) Schuett 1895 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium palustre - Peridinium palustre (Wolosz,) was reported in Australia by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra. Peridinium palustre raciborskii(Wolosz,) Lefevre was reported in Australia by Thomasson, K., 1986 in Algal vegetation in North Australian billabongs. Nova Hedwigia, 42, 301-378 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium pedunculatum - Peridinium pedunculatum Schuett 1895 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium piriforme - Peridinium piriforme Paulsen 1904 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Day, S. A., Wickham, R. P, Entwisle, T. J. and Tyler, P. A., 1995 in Bibliographic checklist of non-marine algae in Australia. Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra, Australia. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium pusillum - Peridinium pusillum (Penard 1891) Lemmermann 1901 was reported in Australia by Day, S. A., Wickham, R. P, Entwisle, T. J. and Tyler, P. A., 1995 in Bibliographic checklist of non-marine algae in Australia. Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra, Australia and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Grant, B.R. and Kerr, J.D., 1970 in Phytoplankton numbers and species at Port Hacking station and their relationship to the physical environment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater research, 21, 35-45 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium remotum - Peridinium remotum Karsten 1907 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium solidicorne - Peridinium solidicorne Mangin 1926 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1982 in Dynamics of phytoplankton in the Great Barrier Reef Lagoon Journal of Plankton Research, 4, 47-76 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium sphaericum - Peridinium sphaericum Okamura 1912 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Peridinium turbinatum - Peridinium turbinatum Mangin 1926 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Peridinium umbonatum - Peridinium umbonatum Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Ling, H. U., Croome, R. L. and Tyler, P. A., 1989 in Freshwater dinoflagellates of Tasmania, a survey of taxonomy and distribution. British Phycological Journal, 24, 111-130 and by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra and by Playfair, G. I., 1919 in Peridineae of New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 44, 793-818 and by Playfair, G. I., 1919 in Peridineae of New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 44, 793-818 This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Peridinium volzii - Peridinium volzii Woloszynski was reported in Australia by Croome, R. L., Hallegraeff, G.M. and Tyler, p.A., 1987 in Thecadiniopsis tasmanica gen et sp. Nov. (Dinophyta, Thecadiniaceae) from Tasmanian freshwaters. British Phycological Journal, 22, 325-333 and by Ling, H. U., Croome, R. L. and Tyler, P. A., 1989 in Freshwater dinoflagellates of Tasmania, a survey of taxonomy and distribution. British Phycological Journal, 24, 111-130 and by Croome, R. L. and Tyler, P. A., 1973 in Plankton populations of Lake Leake and Tooms Lake - oligotrophic Tasmanian lakes. British Phycological Journal, 8, 239-247 and by West, G. S., 1909 in The algae of the Yan Yean Reservoir, Victoria, a biological and ecological study. Journal of the Linnean Society (Bot.), 39, 1-88 and by Thomasson, K., 1986 in Algal vegetation in North Australian billabongs. Nova Hedwigia, 42, 301-378 and by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Thomasson, K., 1973 in Notes on the plankton of some Sydney reservoirs, with descriptions of two interesting desmids. Contributions from the N.S.W. National Herbarium, 4, 384-394 This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Peritromus - Peritromus (pair-ee-trome-us) is a flattened heterotrich ciliate with an extensive adoral zone of membranelles curving around the anterior lateral margin of the cell to the cytostome (mouth) located about midway down the cell and on the ventral side. With two large dark macronuclei. Slightly contractile. Eats Diatoms, other algae, detritus. Phase contrast.
| | Phaeopolykrikos hartmanni - Phaeopolykrikos hartmanni was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Phascolodon vorticella - Ventral infraciliature of Phascolodon vorticella (STEIN,1859).The pink arrowhead marks the nearly horizontal preoral kinety.The red and green arrowheads mark the right and left ventral somatic kineties respectively.The blue arrowhead marks the oral aperture which is supported by large nematodesmata.The light blue arrowhead marks an ingested centric Diatom.Collected from the margin of a slow-flowing freshwater stream in Boise,Idaho.March 2007.Stained by the silver carbonate technique (Foissner,W. Europ. J. Protistol.27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Phascolodon vorticella - Lateral view of infraciliature of Phascolodon vorticella (STEIN,1859).The yellow arrowhead marks the cytostome with extruded nematodesmata (artifact of fixation and silver impregnation).The red arrowhead marks the right somatic kineties.The green arrowhead marks the right end of the dorsal brush.The light blue arrowhead marks an ingested centric Diatom.Collected from the margin of a slow-flowing freshwater stream in Boise,Idaho.March 2007.Stained by the silver carbonate technique (Foissner,W. Europ. J. Protistol.27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Phascolodon vorticella - Anterodorsal view of infraciliature of Phascolodon vorticella (STEIN,1859). The cell has ruptured during fixation and silver impregnation. The blue arrowhead marks the densely staining nemartodesmata of the cytopharyngeal basket. The pink and red arrowheads mark the long and short circumoral kineties respectively. The yellow arrowhead marks the preoral kinety. the red asterisk marks a break in two of the righ somatic kineties due to preparation artifact. the green arrow head marks the dorsal brush and the light blue arrowheads mark ingested Diatoms.Stained by the silver carbonate technique (Foissner,W. Europ. J. Protistol.27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Photosynthetic pigment colors - This image includes purple (or red) sulphur (or sulfur) bacteria, the Diatom Nitzschia, and a few blue green algae (or cyanobacteria). The image shows some of the range of colours (or colors) that can be found in photosynthetic microbes. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Photosynthetic pigments - The organisms with brown plastids (chlorophylls a and c) are Diatoms (Nitzschia); the red guys are red sulphur bacteria, and the green colours come from eukaryotic green algae. Differential interference contrast optics.
| Phryganella nidulus - Phryganella (friggin-ella): the hemispherical round or ovoid shell of this testate amoeba is membranous and densely covered with sand-grains, minute Diatom shells and foreign organic elements. Shell usually with a rough contour. The aperture is large and round. The protoplasm is colourless, clear and extending radially in all directions. The pseudopodia are slender but broader lobes may form especially near the aperture. The shells (tests) are usually 160 - 200 microns long. Lives in fresh water ponds and lakes. Lateral view, the shell of this specimen measuring 180 microns. Differential interference contrast.
| Phyllomitus - Phyllomitus (file-owe-mite-us) is a swimming phagotrophic flagellate - believed to be related to the stramenopiles (because of the sine wave pattern of beating of the anterior flagellum and because the flagellum draws the cell forward suggesting the presence of flagellar hairs). There is a second trailing flagellum. This is not a particular familiar genus, but is one of the more voracious heterotrophic flagellates. They may ingest particles of food many times bigger than themselves - and is not unknown to see swimming Diatoms which after carefully scrutiny can be seen to be a large Diatom enclosed by a Phyllomitus that has become stretched very thinly. Phase contrast.
| Pigments - This image compares the different colours of different kinds of plastids in algae. To the left are Diatoms with chlorophylls a and c (yellow green or brown), centrally there is a cluster of cyanobacteria (phycobilins give a blue green colour), and to the lower right a chlorophyte alga (bright green, with chlorophyll B). Differential interference contrast.
| Pinnularia - Pinnularia (pin-you-lair-ee-a). a pennate Diatom, found either individually or in clusters as here. As with other Diatoms with a siliceous cell wall. Nucleus central. Phase contrast.
| Pinnularia - Pinnularia (pin-you-lair-ee-a). a pennate Diatom, found either individually or in clusters as here. As with other Diatoms with a siliceous cell wall. Nucleus central. Differential interference contrast.
| Pinnularia - Pinnularia (pin-you-lair-ee-a) a pennate Diatom, the upper cell is the empty siliceous wall or frustule, the lower cell is a living cell with brown-ish chloroplast and central nucleus. Diatoms are mostly identified and classified using the markings on the surface of the frustule. The central line is the raphe, and is associated with the gliding movements of the cell. Differential interference contrast. Material from Nymph Lake, thermal sites within Yellowstone National Park, photograph by Kathy Sheehan and David Patterson.
| Pinnularia - Pinnularia (pin-you-lair-ee-a), large pennate Diatom. Margins reveal strengthening struts. The plastid has a browny-green colour. Phase contrast.
| Pinnularia - The intricate frustule of the Diatom Pinnularia. Frustules have ridges, grooves, and pores that are useful for identification of different Diatoms. The two grooves in the center of the cell form the raphe and the raphe is used for propelling the Diatom.
| Pinnularia - Diatom frustules are brittle and delicate. This Pinnularia frustule was broken when it was flattened between the microscope slide and the coverslip.
| Pirsonia diadema - Pirsonia diadema Kuehn in Kuehn et al., 1996. Flagellates 8-10 microns long, 3-4 microns wide. Anterior flagellum 16-18 microns, posterior flagellum 35-40 microns long. Attacks Diatoms, flagella disappear soon after attachment to a host. Primary auxosomes are apple-like in shape, up to 10 microns in diameter. First divisions generally longitudinal, but unequal "transversal" divisions set in relatively soon in development. Development asynchronous. Vegetative host Diatoms are invaded only through rimoportulae of the valves.
| Platyophrya vorax - Right ventrolateral view of the infraciliature of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles . There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties. The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows. The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43 41'45.09"N 116 13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Platyophrya vorax - Ventral infraciliature of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids (UM) and four rectangular left adoral membranelles (AZM). There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties (not well preserved in this specimen). The dark vertical band in the center of the cytostome probably represents densely staining pharyngeal fibers seen end-on (FIB).The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties (SK) lie in shallow cortical furrows. The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. Ingested Diatoms are visible here.P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43�41'45.09"N 116�13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Platyophrya vorax - In vivo portrait of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles. There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties. The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows (best seen by DIC in vivo). The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus (both seen in this image). The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43°41'45.09"N
116°13'55.29"W
elev.3191 ft.
March 2006. DIC.
| Platyophrya vorax - In vivo portrait of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. This slightly distressed individual is more globular than unstressed cells.The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical (seen here). There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles. There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties. The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows (seen here). The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43°41'45.09"N 116°13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. DIC.
| Platyophrya vorax - In vivo portrait of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. This slightly distressed individual is more globular than unstressed cells.The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical (seen here). There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles. There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties. The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows. The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43°41'45.09"N 116°13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. DIC.
| Platyophrya vorax - In vivo portrait of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). Theflask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles. There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties. The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows (seen here). The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43°41'45.09"N 116°13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. DIC.
| Platyophrya vorax - Ventral infraciliature of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles (seen here). There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties (not well preserved in this specimen). The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The dark vertical band in the center of the cytostome probably represents densely staining pharyngeal fibers seen end-on.The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows. The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43°41'45.09"N 116°13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Platyophrya vorax - Ventral infraciliature of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles (seen here). There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties (not well preserved in this specimen). The dark vertical band in the center of the cytostome probably represents densely staining pharyngeal fibers seen end-on.The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows. The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. Ingested Diatoms are visible here.P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43°41'45.09"N 116°13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Platyophrya vorax - Right side infraciliature of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane (seen here) composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles . There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties. The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows. The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43°41'45.09"N 116°13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Platyophrya vorax - Right side infraciliature of the colpodid ciliate, Platyophrya vorax (Kahl,1926). The flask-shaped cells are very flexible. The relatively small ovoid anterior cytostome is subapical. There is a right paraoral membrane (seen here) composed of dikinetids and four rectangular left adoral membranelles . There is a postoral "pseudomembrane" consisting of closely spaced anterior dikinetids of somatic kineties. The right side is more densely ciliated than the left. The slightly spiralled somatic kineties lie in shallow cortical furrows. The central spherical macronucleus has a small central nucleolus and an adjacent micronucleus. The single contractile vacuole is subterminal posteriorly. P. vorax lacks endosymbiotic algae (present in P. sphagni which also has more numerous adoral membranelles and somatic kineties).Collected from temporary puddles with heavy growth of Diatoms in a meadow near Boise, Idaho. 43 41'45.09"N 116 13'55.29"W elev.3191 ft. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Pleurosigma - Pleurosigma (ploo-row-sig-ma) and Gyrosigma are two rather similar genera of sigmoid-shaped pennate Diatoms found in intertidal sediments, salt marshes and so on. The nucleus is located at the centre of the cell. The plastids contain chlorophylls a and c which gives the yellowy-brown colour. This picture is taken of the surface of one of the valves and shows the raphe that is used in locomotion, and shows the plastids. Refractile globules are said to be the storage products from excessive photosynthesis. Pleuosigma is distinguished in part by the angled pattern of marks on the valve of the frustule. Differential interference contrast.
| Pleurosigma - Pleurosigma (ploo-row-sig-ma) and Gyrosigma are two rather similar genera of sigmoid-shaped pennate Diatoms found in intertidal sediments, salt marshes and so on. The nucleus is located at the centre of the cell. The plastids contain chlorophylls a and c which gives the yellowy-brown colour. . Pleuosigma is distinguished in part by the angled pattern of marks on the valve of the frustule. Differential interference contrast.
| Pleurosigma - Pleurosigma (ploo-row-sig-ma) and Gyrosigma are two rather similar genera of sigmoid-shaped pennate Diatoms found in intertidal sediments, salt marshes and so on. The nucleus is located at the centre of the cell. The plastids contain chlorophylls a and c which gives the yellowy-brown colour. . Pleuosigma is distinguished in part by the angled pattern of marks on the valve of the frustule. Differential interference contrast.
| Pleurosigma - Pleurosigma (ploor-a-sig-ma) medium to large size pennate Diatom, common in sediments. With browny coloured plastid located centrally, refractile globules are lipid inclusions. The cell is located within a shell (frustule) made of silica (glass) and the patterns of pores and strengthening elements is used to distinguish different taxa. Differential interference contrast.
| Pleurosigma - This pennate Diatom was found in a plankton tow from Nantucket Sound off Martha's Vineyard - Massachusetts, USA. Image by Jeffrey Cole and Micah Dunthorn.
| | Podolampas palmipes - Podolampas palmipes Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Podolampas spinifer - Podolampas spinifer Okamura 1912 (also reported as Podolampas spinifera) was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Esterman, A., Roder, D. M., Cameron, A. S., Robinson, B. S., Walters, R. P., Lake J. A. and Christy, P. E., 1984 in Determinants of the microbiological characteristics of South Australian swimming pools. Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 47, 325-328 and by Stafford, C., 1999 in A guide to phytoplankton of Aquaculture Ponds Collection, analysis and identification Department of Primary Industries, Queensland and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Polykrikos kofoidii - Polykrikos kofoidii Chatton was reported in Australia by Esterman, A., Roder, D. M., Cameron, A. S., Robinson, B. S., Walters, R. P., Lake J. A. and Christy, P. E., 1984 in Determinants of the microbiological characteristics of South Australian swimming pools. Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 47, 325-328 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Polykrikos schwartzii - Polykrikos schwartzii Buetschli 1873 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Polysiphonia fibrillosa - A more mature filament of the red alga Polysiphonia fibrillosa with epibionts (Licmophora juergensii, an araphid Diatom, and a filamentous colonies of cyanobacteria). The filamentous hairs (trichoblasts) occur only in the vicinity of the vegetative pole, i. e. they are short-lived. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Collected from Bodden, the brackish waters lying between the isles of Hiddensee and Ruegen (German Baltic Sea). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Polysiphonia fibrillosa - Vegetative pole of the red alga Polysiphonia fibrillosa with epibionts (Cothurnia, a peritrich ciliat, and Licmophora juergensii, an araphid Diatom). The filamentous hairs (trichoblasts) occur only in the vicinity of the vegetative pole, i. e. they are short-lived. Multi layer image. Scale bar indicates 50 µm.
Collected from Bodden, the brackish waters lying between the isles of Hiddensee and Ruegen (German Baltic Sea). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Pompholyxophrys ovuligera - Portrait of Pompholyxophrys ovuligera, one of the heliozoon-like amoebae previously assigned to the order Rotosphaerida. Pompholyxophrys has a periplast composed of endogenously formed siliceous elements of a single type within a species. These are spherical in the type species P. punicea but may be ovoid (as seen here), discoid or bone-shaped. Radiating spicules are absent. A detached (American) football-shaped scale is seen on your right in this image. What appear at first glance to be axopodia are, in fact, filopods protruding between the periplast scales. The filopods lack axonemes and extrusomes. Contracted filopodia may appear granular leading to confusion but close examination of the extended filopodia shows extrusomes are absent. This individual has been feeding on algae and Diatoms. From standing freshwater near Boise, Idaho
| Pompholyxophrys ovuligera - Portrait of Pompholyxophrys ovuligera, one of the heliozoon-like amoebae. Pompholyxophrys has a periplast composed of endogenously formed siliceous elements of a single type within a species. These are spherical in the type species P. punicea but may be ovoid (as seen here), discoid or bone-shaped. Radiating spicules are absent. What appear at first glance to be axopodia are, in fact, filopods protruding between the periplast scales. The filopods lack axonemes and extrusomes. Contracted filopodia may appear granular leading to confusion but close examination of the extended filopodia shows extrusomes are absent. This individual has been feeding on algae and Diatoms. From standing freshwater near Boise, Idaho.
| Porosira glacialis - Long chain of Porosira glacialis. Note that the delicate spines are chitinous. Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Porosira glacialis - Short chain of Porosira glacialis. Note that the delicate spines are chitinous. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Porosira glacialis - Chain of Porosira glacialis. Note that the delicate spines are chitinous. Focus on frustule surface. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Porosira glacialis - Chain of Porosira glacialis. Note that the delicate spines are chitinous. Focus on cell center showing cytoplasmic accumulation around the nucleus. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Porosira glacialis - Closeup of Porosira glacialis chain. Note that the delicate spines are chitinous. Focus on frustule surface. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Porosira glacialis - Closeup of Porosira glacialis chain. Note that the delicate spines are chitinous. Focus on cell center showing cytoplasmic accumulation around the nucleus. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Prorocentrum arcuatum - Prorocentrum arcuatum Issel 1928 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Prorocentrum balticum - Prorocentrum balticum, as Exuviaella baltica was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Prorocentrum foveolata - Prorocentrum foveolata Croome & Tyler, 1987 was reported in Australia by Croome, R., 1987a in Unusual organisms in Tasmanian Lakes, Tasmanian Naturalist, 89 (April, 1987), 1-6 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Prorocentrum gracile - Prorocentrum gracile Schuett 1895 was reported in Australia by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. III. Further collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 17, 1-20 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Morton, S. L., 1998 in Morphology and toxicology of Prorocentrum faustiae sp. nov., a toxic species of non-planktonic dinoflagellate from Heron Island, Australia. Botanica Marina, 41, 565-569 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Prorocentrum micans - Prorocentrum micans Ehrenberg 1833 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Stafford, C., 1999 in A guide to phytoplankton of Aquaculture Ponds Collection, analysis and identification Department of Primary Industries, Queensland and by Cannon, J. A., 1990 in Development and dispersal of red tides in the Port River, South Australia. Graneli., E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 110-116 and by Furnas, M.J., 1989 in Cyclonic disturbance and a phytoplankton bloom in a tropical shelf ecosystem. In Okaichi, T., Anderson, D., and Nemoto, T. (eds) Red tides, biology, environmental science and toxicology. Elsevier, Japan and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1981b in Seasonal study of phytoplankton pigments and species at a coastal station off Sydney, Importance of Diatoms and the nanoplankton. Marine Biology (Berlin), 61, 107-118 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1981a in Seasonal study of phytoplankton pigments and species at a coastal station off Sydney Australia importance of Diatoms and the nanno plankton. Proceedings of the International Botanical Congress, 13, 300 and by Whitelegge, T., 1891 in On the recent discolouration of the waters of Port Jackson. Records of the Australian Museum, 1, 179-192 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Stafford, C., 1999 in A guide to phytoplankton of Aquaculture Ponds Collection, analysis and identification Department of Primary Industries, Queensland and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Prorocentrum obtusidens - Prorocentrum obtusidens Schiller 1928 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Prorocentrum rostratum - Prorocentrum rostratum Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Grant, B.R. and Kerr, J.D., 1970 in Phytoplankton numbers and species at Port Hacking station and their relationship to the physical environment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater research, 21, 35-45. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Prorocentrum schilleri - Prorocentrum schilleri Bohm 1933 was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1963 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. II. Recent collections. Technical Papers of the Division of Fisheries Australia, 14, 1-55. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protaspis - Protaspis (pro-tass-piss) A very common but little studied genus of gliding flagellates, two flagella inserted one in front of the other in a shallow ventral depression near the front of the cell. One flagellum trails behind the cell, one sweeps in front of the cell. There are caps (dictyosomes?) over the nucleus and these can be seen as two lines leading away from the site of flagellar insertion. Protaspis can produce pseudopodia and may eat Diatoms. This individual has starchy inclusions. Phase contrast.
| Protaspis - Protaspis (pro-tass-piss) A very common but little studied genus of gliding flagellates, two flagella inserted one in front of the other in a shallow ventral depression near the front of the cell. One flagellum trails behind the cell, one sweeps in front of the cell. There are caps (dictyosomes?) over the nucleus and these can be seen as two lines leading away from the site of flagellar insertion. Protaspis can produce pseudopodia and may eat Diatoms. This individual has starchy inclusions. Phase contrast.
| Protaspis - Protaspis (pro-tass-piss) A very common but little studied genus of gliding flagellates, two flagella inserted one in front of the other in a shallow ventral depression near the front of the cell. One flagellum trails behind the cell, one sweeps in front of the cell. Protaspis can produce pseudopodia and may eat Diatoms. This individual has starchy inclusions. Phase contrast.
| Protaspis - Protaspis (pro-tass-piss) is a medium-sized heterotrophic flagellate. Two flagella emerge close to each other from a point behind the apex of the cell and on the ventral side. The anterior flagellum is typically shorter than the posterior flagellum. The ventral side may give rise to pseudopodia which can enclose food - such as Diatoms. Phase contrast microscopy.
| Protaspis - Protaspis (pro-tass-piss) is a medium-sized heterotrophic flagellate. Two flagella emerge close to each other from a point behind the apex of the cell and on the ventral side. The anterior flagellum is typically shorter than the posterior flagellum. The ventral side may give rise to pseudopodia which can enclose food - such as Diatoms. In this image, many cells have fused into a syncitium. Phase contrast microscopy.
| Protaspis - Protaspis (pro-tass-piss) is a medium-sized heterotrophic flagellate. Two flagella emerge close to each other from a point behind the apex of the cell and on the ventral side. The anterior flagellum is typically shorter than the posterior flagellum. The ventral side may give rise to pseudopodia which can enclose food - such as Diatoms. In this image, many cells have fused into a syncitium. DIfferential interference microscopy.
| Protaspis obliqua - Protaspis (pro-tass-piss) obliqua Larsen and Patterson, 1990. Cells are slightly oval or roundish, 8 to 32 microns long, 10 to 27 microns wide, dorso-ventrally flattened and with thickened cortex. There is a ventral median groove, cell indented anteriorly and posteriorly where the groove meets margin. Subapically, the right margin of the groove forms a protrusion. With two flagella inserting under the protrusion, the anterior flagellum is about 0.5 times the length of the cell and the posterior flagellum is about 0.5 to 1.5 times the length of the cell. The nucleus is without nuclear caps, is located subapically in a median position, is rounded and is 5 to 13 microns in diameter. The cells may contain food particles or Diatom up to 24 microns long. Commonly observed.
| Protaspis obliqua - Protaspis obliqua Skuja, 1939. Cells are slightly oval or roundish, 8 to 32 microns long, 10 to 27 microns wide, dorso-ventrally flattened and with thickened cortex. There is a ventral median groove, cell indented anteriorly and posteriorly where the groove meets margin. Subapically, the right margin of the groove forms a protrusion. With two flagella inserting under the protrusion, the anterior flagellum is about 0.5 times the length of the cell and the posterior flagellum is about 0.5 to 1.5 times the length of the cell. The nucleus is without nuclear caps, is located subapically in a median position, is rounded and is 5 to 13 microns in diameter. The cells may contain food particles or Diatom up to 24 microns long.
| | Protogonyaulax catenella - Protogonyaulax catenella was reported in Australia by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by Patterson, D. J. and Burford, M. A., 2001 in A guide to the protozoa of marine aquaculture ponds. CSIRO Publishing, Collingwood, Australia. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium americanum - Protoperidinium americanum (Gran & Braarud) Balech was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protoperidinium avellana - Protoperidinium avellana (Meunier 1919) Balech 1974 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium claudicans - Protoperidinium claudicans (Paulsen) Balech was reported in Australia by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and as Peridinium claudicans Paulsen 1907 by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium conicoides - Protoperidinium conicoides (Paulsen 1905) Balech 1975 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B., 1990 in Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water, a danger to aquaculture. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli, E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 475-480 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and as Peridinium conicoides Paulsen 1905 by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium conicum - Protoperidinium conicum (Gran) Balech was reported in Australia by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B., 1990 in Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water, a danger to aquaculture. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli, E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 475-480 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and by McMinn, A., 1991 in Recent dinoflagellate cysts from estuaries of the central coast of New South Wales, Australia. Micropalaeontology, 37, 269-287 and by McMinn, A., 1991 in Recent dinoflagellate cysts from estuaries of the central coast of New South Wales, Australia. Micropalaeontology, 37, 269-287.and by Esterman, A., Roder, D. M., Cameron, A. S., Robinson, B. S., Walters, R. P., Lake J. A. and Christy, P. E., 1984 in Determinants of the microbiological characteristics of South Australian swimming pools. Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 47, 325-328 and as Peridinium conicum (Gran) Ostenfeld & Schmidt 1900 by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protoperidinium denticulatum - Protoperidinium denticulatum (Gran & Braarud 1935) Balech 1974 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protoperidinium divaricatum - Protoperidinium divaricatum (Meunier 1919) Balech 1974 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protoperidinium excentricum - Protoperidinium excentricum was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protoperidinium expansum - Protoperidinium expansum was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium grande - Protoperidinium grande, as Peridinium grande Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protoperidinium leonis - Protoperidinium leonis (Pavillard 1916) Balech 1974 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B., 1990 in Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water, a danger to aquaculture. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli, E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 475-480 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by McMinn, A., 1991 in Recent dinoflagellate cysts from estuaries of the central coast of New South Wales, Australia. Micropalaeontology, 37, 269-287 and as Peridinium leonis Pavillard 1916 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium marielebouriae - Protoperidinium marielebouriae was reported in Australia by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and as Peridinium marielebourae Paulsen 1930 by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium murrayi - Protoperidinium murrayi was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and as Peridinium murrayi Kofoid 1907 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium nudum - Protoperidinium nudum was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Esterman, A., Roder, D. M., Cameron, A. S., Robinson, B. S., Walters, R. P., Lake J. A. and Christy, P. E., 1984 in Determinants of the microbiological characteristics of South Australian swimming pools. Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 47, 325-328 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and as Peridinium nudum Meunier 1910 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium oblongum - Protoperidinium oblongum (Aurivillius 1898) Parke & Dodge 1976 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B., 1990 in Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water, a danger to aquaculture. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli, E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 475-480 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and as Peridinium oblongum (Aurivillius 1898) Cleve 1900 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium oceanicum - Protoperidinium oceanicum (Vanhoeffen) Balech was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and as Peridinium oceanicum Vanhoeffen 1897 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium pentagonum - Protoperidinium pentagonum (Gran 1902) Balech 1974 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by McMinn, A., 1991 in Recent dinoflagellate cysts from estuaries of the central coast of New South Wales, Australia. Micropalaeontology, 37, 269-287 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Koerbin, B. and Bryan, J., 1988 in Ballast water a danger to aquaculture. Australian Fisheries, 47, 32-34 and as Peridinium pentagonum (Kofoid 1907) Schiller 1937 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. Peridinium pentagonum latissimum (Kofoid) Schiller was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1959 in Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. IV. Plant communities and their significance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 10, 322-340 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. Peridinium pentagonum latissimum(Kofoid 1907) Schiller 1937 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Revelante, N. and Gilmartin, M., 1978 in Characteristics of the microplankton and nanoplankton communities of an Australian coastal plain estuary. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29, 9-18 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium punctulatum - Protoperidinium punctulatum (Paulsen 1907) Balech 1974 was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B., 1990 in Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water, a danger to aquaculture. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli, E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 475-480 and by by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and as Peridinium punctulatum Paulsen 1908 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium quarnerense - Protoperidinium quarnerense, as Peridinium quarnerense Schroeder 1910 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in III. Ecological relations of some oceanic dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 35-54 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Protoperidinium subinerme - Protoperidinium subinerme (Paulsen 1904) Loeblich was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research, and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41 and as Peridinium subinerme Paulsen 1904 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Protoperidinium trochoideum - Protoperidinium trochoideum, as Peridinium trochoideum was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1981a in Seasonal study of phytoplankton pigments and species at a coastal station off Sydney Australia importance of Diatoms and the nanno plankton. Proceedings of the International Botanical Congress, 13, 300. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Pseudo-nitzschia subcurvata - Pseudo-nitzschia (soo doe nit-she-a), a pennate Diatom. This strain has been maintained in culture for a long time and many cells have a distorted (twisted) shape. Differential interference microscopy. ![](\"http://microscope.mbl.edu/baypaul/microscope/icons/CCMPlogowee.gif\") data on this strain.
| Pseudochilodonopsis piscatoris - Portrait (ventral surface) of the chilodonellid ciliate Pseudochilodonopsis piscatoris (Blochmann, 1895) Foissner, 1979. The cell is drawn out to the left in a distinct pointed preoral beak. The posterior is broadly rounded. The cell is strongly dorsoventrally compressed. The dorsum is slightly domed and the ventral surface flat. The ciliature is reduced to the ventral surface except for a distinctive dorsal brush which is set back from the anterior edge of the cell and arches across the nearly its entire width. The ventral ciliature consists of right (5) and left (6) kineties separated by a wide bare postoral area. There are two circumoral kineties and a fragmented preoral kinety. The anterior ends of the left somatic kineties abut the transversely oriented fragments of the preoral kinety. These fragments ascend stair-step fashion to the tip of the beak. The cytostome, situated in the anterior 1/4 of the cell, is supported by nematodesmata forming a cyrtos. There are two contractile vacuoles. The nucleus is heteromerous. The genus Pseudochilodonopsis is distinguished from members of the similar genus, Chilodonella, by the fragmented preoral kinety and the long arched dorsal brush. Both features are difficult to appreciate without DIC optics or silver impregnation techniques. P. piscatoris feeds on green algae and Diatoms. It is usually found in the surface film of samples collected from a freshwater pond near Boise,Idaho. February 2005. DIC.
| Pseudochilodonopsis piscatoris - Portrait (dorsal surface) of the chilodonellid ciliate Pseudochilodonopsis piscatoris (Blochmann, 1895) Foissner, 1979. The cell is drawn out to the left in a distinct pointed preoral beak. The posterior is broadly rounded. The cell is strongly dorsoventrally compressed. The dorsum is slightly domed and the ventral surface flat. The ciliature is reduced to the ventral surface except for a distinctive dorsal brush which is set back from the anterior edge of the cell and arches across the nearly its entire width(seen in this image). The ventral ciliature consists of right (5) and left (6) kineties separated by a wide bare postoral area. There are two circumoral kineties and a fragmented preoral kinety. The anterior ends of the left somatic kineties abut the transversely oriented fragments of the preoral kinety. These fragments ascend stair-step fashion to the tip of the beak. The cytostome, situated in the anterior 1/4 of the cell, is supported by nematodesmata forming a cyrtos. There are two contractile vacuoles. The nucleus is heteromerous. The genus Pseudochilodonopsis is distinguished from members of the similar genus, Chilodonella, by the fragmented preoral kinety and the long arched dorsal brush (visible here between arrows). Both features are difficult to appreciate without DIC optics or silver impregnation techniques. P. piscatoris feeds on green algae and Diatoms. It is usually found in the surface film of samples Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho February 2005. DIC.
| Pseudochilodonopsis piscatoris - Infraciliature (ventral surface) of the chilodonellid ciliate Pseudochilodonopsis piscatoris (Blochmann, 1895) Foissner, 1979. The cell is drawn out to the left in a distinct pointed preoral beak. The posterior is broadly rounded. The cell is strongly dorsoventrally compressed. The dorsum is slightly domed and the ventral surface flat. The ciliature is reduced to the ventral surface except for a distinctive dorsal brush which is set back from the anterior edge of the cell and arches across the nearly its entire width. The ventral ciliature consists of right (5) and left (6) kineties separated by a wide bare postoral area. There are two circumoral kineties and a fragmented preoral kinety. The anterior ends of the left somatic kineties abut the transversely oriented fragments of the preoral kinety. These fragments ascend stair-step fashion to the tip of the beak. The cytostome, situated in the anterior 1/4 of the cell, is supported by nematodesmata forming a cyrtos. There are two contractile vacuoles. The nucleus is heteromerous. The genus Pseudochilodonopsis is distinguished from members of the similar genus, Chilodonella, by the fragmented preoral kinety and the long arched dorsal brush. Both features are difficult to appreciate without DIC optics or silver impregnation techniques. P. piscatoris feeds on green algae and Diatoms. It is usually found in the surface film of samples Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho February 2005.Stained by the silver carbonate technic (see Foissner, W.Europ. J. Protistol.27,313-330;1991). Brightfield.
| Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata - Ventral view of the chillodonellid ciliate, Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata (Foissner and Didier, 1981). The cell is ovoid. The anterior end is drawn to the left as a bluntly pointed rostrum. The ventral surface is flat and the central dorsal surface is arched. There is a flattened narrow circumferential margin. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for a short dorsal brush. The 7 left somatic kineties are separated from 5 right somatic kineties by an unciliated postoral bare area. The lateral-most 5 left somatic kineties terminate at a right angle to short separate preoral kineties arranged in stair-step fashion from the cytostome to the tip of the rostrum. The medial two left somatic kineties are shorter. There are two short circumoral kineties. The cyrtos opens ventrally. The heteromerous macronucleus is approximately central with one adherent ovoid micronucleus. There are 7-10 contractile vacuoles each with a single ventral excretory pore. The similar species, P. fluviatilis is smaller and has only two contractile vacuoles.Collected from a freshwater stream with abundant pennate Diatoms near Boise, Idaho;43° 34' 41.92" N 116° 08' 50.49" W. March 2006. DIC.
| Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata - Ventral view of the chillodonellid ciliate, Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata (Foissner and Didier, 1981). The cell is ovoid. The anterior end is drawn to the left as a bluntly pointed rostrum. The ventral surface is flat and the central dorsal surface is arched. There is a flattened narrow circumferential margin. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for a short dorsal brush. The 7 left somatic kineties are separated from 5 right somatic kineties by an unciliated postoral bare area. The lateral-most 5 left somatic kineties terminate at a right angle to short separate preoral kineties arranged in stair-step fashion from the cytostome to the tip of the rostrum. The medial two left somatic kineties are shorter. There are two short circumoral kineties. The cyrtos opens ventrally. The heteromerous macronucleus is approximately central with one adherent ovoid micronucleus. There are 7-10 contractile vacuoles each with a single ventral excretory pore. Collected from a freshwater stream with abundant pennate Diatoms near Boise, Idaho;43° 34' 41.92" N 116° 08' 50.49" W. March 2006. DIC.
| Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata - Ventral view of the chillodonellid ciliate, Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata (Foissner and Didier, 1981). The cell is ovoid. The anterior end is drawn to the left as a bluntly pointed rostrum. The ventral surface is flat and the central dorsal surface is arched. There is a flattened narrow circumferential margin. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for a short dorsal brush. The 7 left somatic kineties are separated from 5 right somatic kineties by an unciliated postoral bare area. The lateral-most 5 left somatic kineties terminate at a right angle to short separate preoral kineties arranged in stair-step fashion from the cytostome to the tip of the rostrum. The medial two left somatic kineties are shorter. There are two short circumoral kineties. The cyrtos opens ventrally. The heteromerous macronucleus is approximately central with one adherent ovoid micronucleus. There are 7-10 contractile vacuoles each with a single ventral excretory pore. Collected from a freshwater stream with abundant pennate Diatoms near Boise, Idaho;43° 34' 41.92" N 116° 08' 50.49" W. March 2006. DIC.
| Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata - Ventral view of the chillodonellid ciliate, Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata (Foissner and Didier, 1981). The cell is ovoid. The anterior end is drawn to the left as a bluntly pointed rostrum. The ventral surface is flat and the central dorsal surface is arched. There is a flattened narrow circumferential margin. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for a short dorsal brush. The 7 left somatic kineties are separated from 5 right somatic kineties by an unciliated postoral bare area. The lateral-most 5 left somatic kineties terminate at a right angle to short separate preoral kineties arranged in stair-step fashion from the cytostome to the tip of the rostrum. The medial two left somatic kineties are shorter. There are two short circumoral kineties. The cyrtos opens ventrally. The heteromerous macronucleus is approximately central with one adherent ovoid micronucleus. There are 7-10 contractile vacuoles each with a single ventral excretory pore (arrows). Collected from a freshwater stream with abundant pennate Diatoms near Boise, Idaho;43° 34' 41.92" N 116° 08' 50.49" W. March 2006. DIC.
| Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata - Ventral view of the chillodonellid ciliate, Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata (Foissner and Didier, 1981). The cell is ovoid. The anterior end is drawn to the left as a bluntly pointed rostrum. The ventral surface is flat and the central dorsal surface is arched. There is a flattened narrow circumferential margin. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for a short dorsal brush. The 7 left somatic kineties are separated from 5 right somatic kineties by an unciliated postoral bare area. The lateral-most 5 left somatic kineties terminate at a right angle to short separate preoral kineties arranged in stair-step fashion from the cytostome to the tip of the rostrum. The medial two left somatic kineties are shorter. There are two short circumoral kineties. The cyrtos opens ventrally. The heteromerous macronucleus is approximately central with one adherent ovoid micronucleus. There are 7-10 contractile vacuoles each with a single ventral excretory pore. Collected from a freshwater stream with abundant pennate Diatoms near Boise, Idaho;43° 34' 41.92" N 116° 08' 50.49" W. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata - Ventral view of the chillodonellid ciliate, Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata (Foissner and Didier, 1981). The cell is ovoid. The anterior end is drawn to the left as a bluntly pointed rostrum. The ventral surface is flat and the central dorsal surface is arched. There is a flattened narrow circumferential margin. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for a short dorsal brush. The 7 left somatic kineties are separated from 5 right somatic kineties by an unciliated postoral bare area. The lateral-most 5 left somatic kineties terminate at a right angle to short separate preoral kineties arranged in stair-step fashion from the cytostome to the tip of the rostrum (arrows). The medial two left somatic kineties are shorter. There are two short circumoral kineties. The cyrtos opens ventrally. The heteromerous macronucleus is approximately central with one adherent ovoid micronucleus. There are 7-10 contractile vacuoles each with a single ventral excretory pore. Collected from a freshwater stream with abundant pennate Diatoms near Boise, Idaho;43° 34' 41.92" N 116° 08' 50.49" W. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata - Dorsal view of the chillodonellid ciliate, Pseudochilodonopsis polyvacuolata (Foissner and Didier, 1981). The cell is ovoid. The anterior end is drawn to the left as a bluntly pointed rostrum. The ventral surface is flat and the central dorsal surface is arched. There is a flattened narrow circumferential margin. Ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for a short anterior dorsal brush. (arrow). The 7 left somatic kineties are separated from 5 right somatic kineties by an unciliated postoral bare area. The lateral-most 5 left somatic kineties terminate at a right angle to short separate preoral kineties arranged in stair-step fashion from the cytostome to the tip of the rostrum. The medial two left somatic kineties are shorter. There are two short circumoral kineties. The cyrtos opens ventrally. The heteromerous macronucleus is approximately central with one adherent ovoid micronucleus. There are 7-10 contractile vacuoles each with a single ventral excretory pore. Collected from a freshwater stream with abundant pennate Diatoms near Boise, Idaho;43° 34' 41.92" N 116° 08' 50.49" W. March 2006. Stained by the silver carbonate technique (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991).Brightfield.
| Pseudodifflugia - Pseudodifflugia, a testate filose amoeba. These are small species with a chitinoid ovoid or spherical test covered with quartz particles. Difflugia are generally larger and have lobose pseudopodia. Pseudodifflugia feeds on Diatoms and other algae. From freshwater koi pond near Boise, Idaho. Phase contrast.
| | Psuedo-nitzschia subcurvata - Pseudo-nitzschia (soo-doe nit-she-a), a pennate Diatom. This strain has been maintained in culture for a long time and many cells have a distorted (twisted) shape. Phase contrast microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Pyrocystis fusiformis - Pyrocystis fusiformis (Thompson) Murray 1855 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Pyrocystis lanceolata - Pyrocystis lanceolata was reported in Australia by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Pyrocystis lunula - Pyrocystis lunula Schuett 1896 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Johnson, K. R. and Albani, A. D., 1973 in Biotopes of recent benthonic Foraminifera in Pitt Water Broken Bay New South Wales Australia. Palaeogeography Palaeoclimatology Palaeoecology 14, 265-276 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Pyrocystis pseudonoctiluca - Pyrocystis pseudonoctiluca Thompson 1876 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Pyrocystis robusta - Pyrocystis robusta Kofoid 1907y was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G.M., 1980 in Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian current. I. Summer populations. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 3, 285-294 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in the microbial ecology of the Australasian region. I. Relation of oceanic species of Diatoms and dinoflagellates to hydrology. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 5-20 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1988 in Plankton. A Microscopic World. CSIRO Australia, E.Journal Brill, Robert Brown & Associates, Bathurst and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia and by Hallegraeff, G. M., 1991 in Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania / CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| | Pyrophacus horologicum - Pyrophacus horologicum Stein 1883 was reported in Australia by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W., 1984 in Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 20, 59-74 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Revelante, N., Williams, W. T. and Bunt, J. S., 1982 in Temporal and spatial distribution of Diatoms dinoflagellates and Trichodesmium in waters of the Great Barrier Reef Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 63, 27-46 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. V. Microbiology of some Australian estuaries. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 461-527 and by Wood, E. J. F., 1964 in Studies in microbial ecology of the Australian region. VII. Ecological relations of Australian estuarine dinoflagellates. Nova Hedwigia, 8, 548-568 and by Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N., 1933 in The marine plankton of the coastal waters of New South Wales. I. The chief planktonic forms and their seasonal distribution. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 58, 186-222 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D., 1986 in Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37, 361-377. Pyrophacus horologicum steinii Schiller 1937 was reported in Australia by Wood, E. J. F., 1954 in Dinoflagellates in the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 5, 171-351 and by Jeffrey, S.W. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1987 in Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current Deep Sea Research 34, 649-673. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Red sulfur bacteria - This image was taken from some debris expressed from a sponge that wa suspended in the water colum of Mono Lake. The sponge was colonized by a diversity of primary producers, in this case Diatoms (brown) and purple sulphur bacteria (pink).
| Rhizosolenia - Rhizosolenia (rye-so-lean-ee-a). Diatoms are algae which live in little glass boxes or frustules - rather like little petri dishes. Centric Diatom, elongate shape with terminal spines. Phase contrast.
| Rhizosolenia - Rhizosolenia (rye-so-so-lean-ee-ah) a elongated marine Diatom, ends of frustules with spines, very common in the water column. Phase contrast.
| Rhizosolenia - Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Rhizosolenia - Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Rhizosolenia setigera - Rhizosolenia (rye-so-so-lean-ee-a) setigera, one of the common genera of marine phytoplantkonic Diatoms, a centric Diatom in which the valves, at the ends of the cells, are conical and give rise to spines. Much of the long cylindrical body is enclosed with hoop-shaped girdle bands. Phase contrast microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Rhizosolenia setigera - Rhizosolenia (rye-so-so-lean-ee-a) setigera, one of the common genera of marine phytoplantkonic Diatoms, a centric Diatom in which the valves, at the ends of the cells, are conical and give rise to spines. Much of the long cylindrical body is enclosed with hoop-shaped girdle bands. This image shows the plastids and the valve region of the cell. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Rhizosolenia setigera - Rhizosolenia (rye-so-so-lean-ee-a) setigera, one of the common genera of marine phytoplantkonic Diatoms, a centric Diatom in which the valves, at the ends of the cells, are conical and give rise to spines. Much of the long cylindrical body is enclosed with hoop-shaped girdle bands. Phase contrast microscopy. data on this strain.
| Rhizosolenia setigera - Cell shortly after binary fission, accompanied by Thalassiosira nordenskjoeldii and Coscinodiscus wailesii. Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Rhizosolenia setigera - Closeup of Rhizosolenia stigera shortly after binary fission. Scale bar indicates 100 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Rhoicosphenia abbreviata - Rhoicosphenia abbreviata is a tiny Diatom living attached on substratum by a jelly stalk. The substratum here is the red alga Polysiphonia fibrillosa. The other epibionts are Cocconeis and a filamentous colony of the cyanobacteria Pseudanabaena. Scale bar indicates 10µm
Collected from Bodden, the brackish waters lying between the isles of Hiddensee and Ruegen (German Baltic Sea). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Rhoicosphenia abbreviata - Rhoicosphenia abbreviata is a tiny Diatom living attached on substratum by a jelly stalk. Scale bar indicates 10 µm.
Collected from Bodden, the brackish waters lying between the isles of Hiddensee and Ruegen (German Baltic Sea). This image was taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Rostrophrya camerounensis - In vivo portrait of the colpodid ciliate, Rostrophrya camerounensis (Njine, 1979) Foissner, 1993 (ventral view). This population was feeding on Diatoms. Collected from standing organically enriched roadside ditchwater near Boise, Idaho march 2005. DIC.
| Rostrophrya camerounensis - In vivo portrait of the colpodid ciliate, Rostrophrya camerounensis (Njine, 1979) Foissner, 1993 (ventral view). This population was feeding on Diatoms and filamentous cyanobacteria (Oscillatoria sp.). From non-flooded Petri dish preparation of topsoil and grass clippings from an intermittently flooded lawn in a public park in Boise, Idaho October 2006. Brightfield.
| | Sphaerodinium cinctum - Sphaerodinium cinctum (Woloszynski) Huber-Pestalozzi was reported in Australia by Day, S. A., Wickham, R. P, Entwisle, T. J. and Tyler, P. A., 1995 in Bibliographic checklist of non-marine algae in Australia. Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra, Australia and by Ling, H. U., Croome, R. L. and Tyler, P. A., 1989 in Freshwater dinoflagellates of Tasmania, a survey of taxonomy and distribution. British Phycological Journal, 24, 111-130 and by Ling, H. U. and Tyler, P. A., 1986 in A limnological survey of the Alligator Rivers Region II. Freshwater algae, exclusive of Diatoms. Research Report 3, Part II, pp.173. Supervising Scientist for the Alligator Rivers Region. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
| Stauroneis - Stauroneis (star-owe-neigh-is), pennate (naviculoid) Diatom. The siliceous shell (frustule) has axial raphe and arrays of fine holes which give the frustule its lined appearance. Plastids with chlorophylls a and c, hence the yellow brown colour. Phase contrast.
| Stephanopogon apogon - Stephanopogon apogon (steff-anne-owe-poe-gone) is a marine genus of uncertain affinities and include a small handful of species. Cells are dorso-ventrally flattened, with a wide anterior mouth which may or may not have some barbs. It moves by using flagella which are laid out in longitudinal rows. For a long time erroneously considered to be a primitive ciliate (distinguished from real ciliates because it does not have macronuclei and micronuclei). This encysting cell can be seen to have several conventional nuclei with central nuceoli. Eats Diatoms and detritus. Phase contrast.
| Stephanopogon apogon - Stephanopogon apogon (steff-anne-owe-poe-gone) is a marine genus of uncertain affinities and include a small handful of species. Cells are dorso-ventrally flattened, with a wide anterior mouth which may or may not have some barbs. It moves by using flagella which are laid out in longitudinal rows. For a long time erroneously considered to be a primitive ciliate (distinguished from real ciliates because it does not have macronuclei and micronuclei). Eats Diatoms and detritus. Phase contrast.
| Stephanopogon apogon - Stephanopogon apogon (steff-anne-owe-poe-gone) is a marine genus of uncertain affinities and include a small handful of species. Cells are dorso-ventrally flattened, with a wide anterior mouth which may or may not have some barbs. It moves by using flagella which are laid out in longitudinal rows. For a long time erroneously considered to be a primitive ciliate (distinguished from real ciliates because it does not have macronuclei and micronuclei). Eats Diatoms and detritus. Phase contrast.
| Stephanopogon apogon - Portrait of the colorless benthic marine protist, Stephanopogon apogon (Borror, 1965)attempting (ambitiously) to ingest a large Diatom. The phylogenetic affinities of Stephanopogon are uncertain. Once thought to be a ciliate, electron microscopic studies of S. apogon revealed absence of ciliate characteristics such as pellicular alveoli, infraciliature (e.g. kinetodesmal fibrils, postciliary microtubules and transverse microtubules) and nuclear dualism. S. apogon is elongate and moderately dorsoventrally flattened. The cell is curved slightly to the right. The posterior is round and the anterior end obliquely truncate. There are approximately 6-8 longitudinal files of smooth flagella limited to the ventral surface. The anterior apical cytostome is slit-like and bordered by a slightly raised lip. There are 2-16 homokaryotic nuclei (not seen here). Division occurs while encysted (palintomy). Collected from a commercial saltwater aquarium in Boise, Idaho September 2004. DIC.
| Stephanopogon colpoda - Stephanopogon (steff-anne-owe-poe-gone) is a marine genus of uncertain affinities and include a small handful of species. Cells are dorso-ventrally flattened, with a wide anterior mouth which may or may not have some barbs. This is one of the species with barbs. It moves by using flagella which are laid out in longitudinal rows. For a long time considered to be a primitive ciliate (distinguished from real ciliates because it does not have macronuclei and micronuclei), but ciliate affinities have subsequently been rejected. Eats Diatoms and detritus. Phase contrast.
| Stephanopogon colpoda - Stephanopogon (steff-anne-owe-poe-gone) is a marine genus of uncertain affinities and include a small handful of species. Cells are dorso-ventrally flattened, with a wide anterior mouth which may or may not have some barbs. This is one of the species with barbs. It moves by using flagella which are laid out in longitudinal rows. For a long time considered to be a primitive ciliate (distinguished from real ciliates because it does not have macronuclei and micronuclei), but ciliate affinities have subsequently been rejected. Eats Diatoms and detritus. Phase contrast.
| Stephanopogon mobiliensis - Stephanopogon mobiliensis Jones and Owen, 1974. Cells are flask shaped with a flat ventral and convex dorsal surface, 19-25 microns long by 15 microns wide, body drawn out into short neck which terminates in five distinct points, two to three small 2-3 microns vesicular macronuclei, two contractile vacuoles terminal, feeds exclusively on Diatoms.
| | Stephanopyxis palmeriana - Stephanopyxis (steff-ann-o-pick-sus) palmeriana, a filament-forming centric Diatom in which the cells are linked together by processes arising from the valves (the parts of the shell or frustule at the ends of each cell). The golden colour from plastids which contain chlorophylls a and c, but more significantly with carotenoids such as fucoxanthin which provide the distinctive colour. Dark ground illumination. data on this strain.
| | Stephanopyxis palmeriana - Stephanopyxis (steff-ann-o-pick-sus) palmeriana, a filament-forming centric Diatom in which the cells are linked together by processes arising from the valves (the parts of the shell or frustule at the ends of each cell). The golden colour from plastids which contain chlorophylls a and c, but more significantly with carotenoids such as fucoxanthin which provide the distinctive colour. The plastids are evident in this photograph. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Stephanopyxis palmeriana - Stephanopyxis (steff-ann-o-pick-sus) palmeriana, a filament-forming centric Diatom in which the cells are linked together by processes arising from the valves. The valves are the parts of the shell or frustule at the ends of each cell, and are more sculpted than the girdle bands, and so refract more light appearing brighter in this image, which includes many resting cells. The golden colour from plastids which contain chlorophylls a and c, but more significantly with carotenoids such as fucoxanthin which provide the distinctive colour. Dark ground illumination. data on this strain.
| | Stephanopyxis palmeriana - Stephanopyxis (steff-ann-o-pick-sus) palmeriana, a filament-forming centric Diatom in which the cells are linked together by processes arising from the valves. The valves are the hemispherical regions at the ends of the cell, and have a hexagonal texture, and the girdle is the region in the middle. The golden colour from plastids which contain chlorophylls a and c, but more significantly with carotenoids such as fucoxanthin which provide the distinctive colour. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Stephanopyxis palmeriana - Stephanopyxis (steff-ann-o-pick-sus) palmeriana, a filament-forming centric Diatom in which the cells are linked together by processes arising from the valves - as shown here. The golden plastids contain chlorophylls a and c, but more significantly with carotenoids such as fucoxanthin which provide the distinctive colour. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Stephanopyxis palmeriana - Stephanopyxis (steff-ann-o-pick-sus) palmeriana, a filament-forming centric Diatom in which the cells are linked together by processes arising from the valves. The valves are the hemispherical regions at the ends of the cell, and have a hexagonal texture. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Striatella - Striatella (stree-at-ell-a) is a pennate Diatom, this cell being seen from the sidle (girdle view). There are numerous girdle bands wrapping around the cell, plastids and nuclei have condensed in the centre of the cell and there are fine cytoplasmic strands leading to the surrounding skeleton or frustule. Phase contrast.
| Strobilidium caudatum - Strobilidium caudatum (Fromental, 1874) Foissner, 1987, a spirotrich ciliate. Synonym of S. gyrans.The cell body is goblet shaped with a complete circular (closed type) wreath of membranelles at the anterior end. The adoral zone of membranelles is well seen in this image. Unlike Strombidium, there is no posterior lorica. There are five very reduced rows of somatic cilia which converge at the posterior end of the cell to form a tight spiral as seen in this image. The terminus of the cell secretes a mucus thread allowing attachment to the substrate. Once attached the cell moves back and forth in pendulum fashion for a time then breaking free to swim away very rapidly. The oral aperture is eccentrically located within the adoral zone of membranelles. A peripheral contractile vacuole is seen posterolaterally in this image. Feeds on Diatoms, flagellates and probably bacteria. From freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Brightfield illumination.
| Strombidum - Membranelles located at anterior of cell. Food items (Diatoms) in various stages of being processed lie within the cell. Nomarski optics of living cell.
| Stylonychia - Stylonychia, a widely distributed hypotrich ciliate. The dorsoventrally flattened body is elongate and broadly rounded anteriorly, narrowing posteriorly. The adoral zone of membranelles is strongly developed and rests on an anteriorly protruding collar. The two rows of marginal cirri are slightly out of the focal plane in this image. They do not meet posteriorly. The three characteristic caudal cirri are seen here. There are short dorsal cilia (not seen here). Two ellipsoid macronuclei are visible in this image. One of two small spherical micronuclei is seen at the inferior margin of the posterior macronucleus. This individual has been feeding on Diatoms and green algae. From freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Brightfield illumination.
| Surirella - Diatom with strongly developed internal intrusions of the frustule, girdle view.
| Surirella - Its the thing on the left (the thing on the right is a sand grain). A rather asymmetrical and often twisted pennate Diatom, which in this case has valves that are a bit dish-like and are very often twisted. Frustule only, differential interference contrast optics.
| Surirella - A rather asymmetrical and often twisted pennate Diatom, which in this case has valves that are a bit dish-like. This species is common in Alkaline Lake. Frustule and residue of cytoplasm, differential interference contrast optics.
| Surirella - A rather asymmetrical and often twisted pennate Diatom, which in this case has valves that are a bit dish-like. This species is common in Alkaline Lake. Frustule and fragments of cytoplasm, phase contrast optics.
| Surirella - A rather asymmetrical and often twisted pennate Diatom, which in this case has valves that are a bit dish-like. Girdle bands are splitting away from the frustule. This species is common in Alkaline Lake. Frustule only, phase contrast optics.
| Symbiotic bacteria - These crushed frustules of two Diatoms show how microbes may develop associations. Bacteria have attached to the silica shell - especially of the right hand Diatom. They may benefit from produced oxygen, short chain sugars from photosynthesis, or other nutrients. Phase contrast micrograph.
| Synedra rumpens - A very common pennate Diatom in the summer plankton of Lake Kinneret in recent years. Identification uncertain.
| Synedra rumpens - A very common pennate Diatom in the summer plankton of Lake Kinneret in recent years.
| Synedra ulna - Synedra ulna is a pennate Diatom, relatively abundant in Lake Kinneret water column in summer/ fall. The specimen was sampled in June 2006.
| Tabellaria - Tabellaria (tab-ell-air-ee-a), a colonial pennate Diatom. As with all Diatoms, cells are enclosed in a siliceous wall. The cells are joined and to end, usually in a zig-zag pattern, sometimes branching. With multiple small chloroplasts. Differential interference contrast.
| Tabellaria - Tabellaria (tab-ell-air-ee-a), a colonial pennate Diatom. As with all Diatoms, cells are enclosed in a siliceous wall. The cells are joined and to end, usually in a zig-zag pattern, sometimes branching. With multiple small chloroplasts. Phase contrast.
| Tabellaria - Tabellaria (tab-ell-air-ee-a), a colonial pennate Diatom. As with all Diatoms, cells are enclosed in a siliceous wall. The cells are joined and to end, usually in a zig-zag pattern, sometimes branching. With multiple small chloroplasts. Differential interference contrast.
| Tachysoma - Tachysoma, a hypotrich ciliate. The body is relatively elongate, dorsoventrally flattened and rounded anteriorly and posteriorly. The adoral zone of membranelles is limited to about one quarter of the body length. The three long frontal cirri are seen here. There are five characteristic long transverse cirri. Caudal cirri are absent. The right and left marginal cirral files do not join posteriorly. There are two spherical macronuclei flanking a dense relatively large micronucleus (seen well in this image). Two small refractile lipid globules, considered characteristic (termed Fettkorn by Foissner), are clearly seen in the anterior and posterior quarters of the cell in this image. The contractile vacuole (not seen in this image) is located on the left in the mid portion of the cell. Tachysoma feeds on bacteria, green algae and Diatoms. From freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Brightfield illumination.
| Thalassionema - Image of the colonial Diatom Thalassionema from the waters off Martha's Vineyard. First image by the inaugural protistology workshop team - not bad for starters - eh?
| Thalassiosira - Note that the delicate spines are chitinous. Focus on valve surface. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira - Marginal silica processes are visible. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| | Thalassiosira eccentrica - Thalassiosira (tha-lassy-owe-sire-a) eccentrica is one of the hundred or so species in the diverse and common genus of centric Diatoms frequently found in marine waters. Some species can be very large. Species are distinguished primarily by the pattern of sculpting in the valve elements of the shell or frustule. The cell to the left is seen in girdle view, the one to the right in valve view. The margins of the valves give rise to a small number of fine chitinous filaments which are believed to function in flotation. These filaments are evident in arising from the cell to the right. With many small golden plastids. Phase contrast microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Thalassiosira eccentrica - Thalassiosira (tha-lassy-owe-sire-a) eccentrica is one of the hundred or so species in the diverse and common genus of centric Diatoms often found in marine waters. Some species can be very large. Species are distinguished primarily by the pattern of sculpting in the valve elements of the shell or frustule. This species has a seven-fold symmetry in the strutting which lies immediately below the surface of the valve, and can be seen in this isolated valve. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Thalassiosira eccentrica - Thalassiosira (tha-lassy-owe-sire-a) eccentrica is one of the hundred or so species in the diverse and common genus of centric Diatoms often found in marine waters. Some species can be very large. Species are distinguished primarily by the pattern of sculpting in the valve elements of the shell or frustule, and this shows the surface of an isolated valve. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Thalassiosira eccentrica - Thalassiosira (tha-lassy-owe-sire-a) eccentrica is one of the hundred or so species in the diverse and common genus of centric Diatoms frequently found in marine waters. Some species can be very large. Species are distinguished primarily by the pattern of sculpting in the valve elements of the shell or frustule. The margins of the valve have a number of stout processes and these give rise to the chitinous threads. This is a girdle view and shows the processes as well as the plastids. data on this strain.
| | Thalassiosira eccentrica - Thalassiosira (tha-lassy-owe-sire-a) eccentrica is one of the hundred or so species in the diverse and common genus of centric Diatoms commonly found in marine waters. Some species can be very large. Species are distinguished primarily by the pattern of sculpting in the valve elements of the shell or frustule. This is the valve view showing the sculpting of the valve and the underlying plastids. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| | Thalassiosira eccentrica - Thalassiosira (tha-lassy-owe-sire-a) eccentrica , is one of the hundred or so species in the diverse and common genus of centric Diatoms commonly found in marine waters. Some species can be very large. Species are distinguished primarily by the pattern of sculpting in the valve elements of the shell or frustule. This is the girdle view showing the plastids located near the valves and a central nucleus. Differential interference microscopy. data on this strain.
| Thalassiosira eccentrica - One labiate process is visible together with some chitinous spines. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira lundiana - Silicious processes (the labiate and the occluded ones) are visible. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira lundiana - Labiate processes and chitinous spines are visible. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira nordenskioeldii - Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira punctigera - Some specimen of this centric Diatom carried naviculoid ones on the valve(s). Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira punctigera - The oblique view exhibits short silicous spines, the so called occluded processes. On the lower left near the scale bar a chitinous spine is visible. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira punctigera - Some specimen of this centric Diatom carried naviculoid ones on the valve(s). Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira punctigera - The oblique view exhibits short silicous spines, the so called occluded processes. On the lower left, lower right and central above chitinous spines are visible. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira punctigera - The oblique view exhibits short silicous spines, the so called occluded processes. Some chitinous spines protruding from the fultoportulae (also called strutted processes) along the dotted valve margin are also visible. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira punctigera - Silicious processes (the labiate and the occluded ones) are visible. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Thalassiosira punctigera - The image shows numerous chitinous spines which minimize their sedimentation speed. Scale bar indicates 25 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.Image under Creative Commons License V 3.0 (CC BY-NC-SA).
| Thalassiosira rotula - The members of the colony are interconnected with a bundle of threads. Numerous delicate spines protruding from the valve\'s margin are visible. Scale bar indicates 50 µm. The image was built up using several photomicrographic frames with manual stacking technique.
Sample from North Sea near Heligoland (spring Diatom bloom). Images were taken using Zeiss Universal with Olympus C7070 CCD camera.
| Tintinnidium - Tintinnidium, an oligotrich ciliate. Although often found residing in a gelatinous lorica with attached particles, this is a liberated free-swimming organism. Compared with loricate organisms, the free-swimming individuals have a broadly rounded posterior. The rounded macronucleus is seen on the organism's right. Ingested Diatoms are visible. From a rainwater holding pond near Boise, Idaho. Oblique illumination.
| Triceratium pentacrinus - Portrait (girdle view) of two frustules of the centric marine Diatom Triceratium pentacrinus (Ehrenberg). Collected from a commercial saltwater aquarium in Boise, Idaho, october 2004. DIC.
| Triceratium pentacrinus - Group portrait (valve view)of the centric marine Diatom, Triceratium pentacrinus (Ehrenberg). Collected from a commercial saltwater aquarium in Boise, Idaho October 2004. DIC.
| Triceratium pentacrinus - Portrait (valve view) of the centric marine Diatom, Triceratium pentacrinus (Ehrenberg). Collected from a commercial saltwater aquarium in Boise, Idaho, October 2004. DIC.
| Trigonium - Trigonium (try-go-knee-um) or Hydrocera (high-dro-see-ra) is a marine Diatom. It is a centric Diatom in which a three pointed asymmetry has been imposed. Test only. Differential interference contrast,
| Trithigmostoma - Browsing ciliate, consumes Diatoms (frustules are visible inside the cell) using the mouth - upper right. The large central mass is the macronucleus. From coastal debris caught adjacent to the Tvarminne Zoological Station, 3rd April 2012.
| Trithigmostoma - Trithigmostoma, browsing ciliate that will ingest attached bacteria and algae. Image emphasizing mouth with rods and apical teeth, but also showing the frustules of Diatoms that have been ingested. Collected with debris from the shore adjacent to Tvarminne Zoological Station, 3rd April 2012.
| Trithigmostoma - Trithigmostoma, browsing ciliate that will ingest attached bacteria and algae. Image emphasizing mouth with rods and apical teeth, but also showing the frustules of Diatoms that have been ingested. Collected with debris from the shore adjacent to Tvarminne Zoological Station, 3rd April 2012.
| Trithigmostoma steini - Dorsal view of the large Chlamydodontid ciliate, Trithigmostoma steini (Blochman,1895) Foissner, 1988. The colorless cell is ellipsoid in outline, broader anteriorly than posteriorly. The right side is convex and the left slightly concave. The right side curves anteriorly to meet the left as a definite beak. There is a dorsal hump extending from the level of the cytostome anteriorly and terminating as a lobular projection that extends beyond the posterior end of the ventral side. the ventral side is flat. The somatic ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for an oblique "dorsal brush" of cilia at the left side anteriorly. The somatic cilia cover the ventral surface unlike Chilodonella which has a bare postoral area. There are three preoral kineties the longest of which extends obliquely from the cytostome to the beak along the suture between the right and left kineties. The right kineties curve anterior to the cytostome. The left kineties are straight. There are 2 to 4 postoral kineties. The anterior cytostome is supported by very stout nematodesmata which are slightly protrusible. The ellipsoid macronucleus is central (seen here). There are 10-40 small contractile vacuoles (not well seen in this image). T. steini feeds primarily on algae and Diatoms. T. steini differs from T. cucullulus, T. srameki and T. bavariensis are generally smaller, have fewer somatic kineties and lack a dorsal hump. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise Idaho. Phase contrast.
| Trithigmostoma steini - Dorsal view of the large Chlamydodontid ciliate, Trithigmostoma steini (Blochman,1895) Foissner, 1988. The colorless cell is ellipsoid in outline, broader anteriorly than posteriorly. The right side is convex and the left slightly concave. The right side curves anteriorly to meet the left as a definite beak. There is a dorsal hump extending from the level of the cytostome anteriorly and terminating as a lobular projection that extends beyond the posterior end of the ventral side. the ventral side is flat. The somatic ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for an oblique "dorsal brush" of cilia at the left side anteriorly. The somatic cilia cover the ventral surface unlike Chilodonella which has a bare postoral area. There are three preoral kineties the longest of which extends obliquely from the cytostome to the beak along the suture between the right and left kineties. The right kineties curve anterior to the cytostome. The left kineties are straight. There are 2 to 4 postoral kineties. The anterior cytostome is supported by very stout nematodesmata which are slightly protrusible. The ellipsoid macronucleus is central (seen here). There are 10-40 small contractile vacuoles. T. steini feeds primarily on algae and Diatoms. T. steini differs from T. cucullulus, T. srameki and T. bavariensis are generally smaller, have fewer somatic kineties and lack a dorsal hump. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise Idaho. DIC.
| Trithigmostoma steini - Ventral view of the large Chlamydodontid ciliate, Trithigmostoma steini (Blochman,1895) Foissner, 1988. The colorless cell is ellipsoid in outline, broader anteriorly than posteriorly. The right side is convex and the left slightly concave. The right side curves anteriorly to meet the left as a definite beak. There is a dorsal hump extending from the level of the cytostome anteriorly and terminating as a lobular projection that extends beyond the posterior end of the ventral side. The ventral side is flat. The somatic ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for an oblique "dorsal brush" of cilia at the left side anteriorly. The somatic cilia cover the ventral surface unlike Chilodonella which has a bare postoral area. There are three preoral kineties the longest of which extends obliquely from the cytostome to the beak along the suture between the right and left kineties (seen well here). The right kineties curve anterior to the cytostome. The left kineties are straight. There are 2 to 4 evenly spaced postoral kineties. The anterior cytostome is supported by very stout nematodesmata which are slightly protrusible. The macronucleus is ellipsoid. There are 10-40 small contractile vacuoles (visible in this image). T. steini feeds primarily on algae and Diatoms. T. cucullulus usually has <10 contractiloe vacuoles and <23 ventral kineties. T. srameki has ,10 contractile vaucoles and its postoral kineties are more widely spaced than the othe r ventral somatic kineties. Both lack a dorsal hump. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. DIC.
| Trithigmostoma steini - Ventral infraciliature of the large Chlamydodontid ciliate, Trithigmostoma steini (Blochman,1895) Foissner, 1988. The colorless cell is ellipsoid in outline, broader anteriorly than posteriorly. The right side is convex and the left slightly concave. The right side curves anteriorly to meet the left as a definite beak. There is a dorsal hump extending from the level of the cytostome anteriorly and terminating as a lobular projection that extends beyond the posterior end of the ventral side. The ventral side is flat. The somatic ciliature is restricted to the ventral surface except for an oblique "dorsal brush" of cilia at the left side anteriorly (not seen in this view). The somatic cilia cover the ventral surface unlike Chilodonella which has a bare postoral area. There are three preoral kineties the longest of which extends obliquely from the cytostome to the beak along the suture between the right and left kineties (seen well here). The right kineties curve anterior to the cytostome. The left kineties are straight. There are 2 to 4 evenly spaced postoral kineties. The anterior cytostome is supported by very stout nematodesmata which are slightly protrusible. The macronucleus is ellipsoid. There are 10-40 small contractile vacuoles. T. steini feeds primarily on algae and Diatoms. T. cucullulus usually has <10 contractiloe vacuoles and <23 ventral kineties. T. srameki has ,10 contractile vaucoles and its postoral kineties are more widely spaced than the othe r ventral somatic kineties. Both lack a dorsal hump. Collected from a freshwater pond near Boise, Idaho. Stained by the silver carbonate technic (see Foissner, W. Europ. J. Protistol., 27:313-330;1991). Brightfield.
| Unidentified allogromiid - Allogromiid, these are normally classified with the foraminifera within the granuloreticulosea. This group is defined because the pseudopodia form a network. The strands are dynamic (the form and are withdrawn easily) granular, and cytoplasm can move in either direction. The made mass of cytoplasm, the body, of allogromiids is located in a chamber enclosed by an organic layer and with a single apical aperture through which the pseudopodia emerge. Scavengers, feeding on Diatoms, other protists and detritus. Phase contrast micrograph.
| Unidentified allogromiid - Allogromiid, these are normally classified with the foraminifera within the granuloreticulosea. This group is defined because the pseudopodia form a network. The strands are dynamic (the form and are withdrawn easily) granular, and cytoplasm can move in either direction. The made mass of cytoplasm, the body, of allogromiids is located in a chamber enclosed by an organic layer and with a single apical aperture through which the pseudopodia emerge. Scavengers, feeding on Diatoms, other protists and detritus. Phase contrast micrograph.
| Urceolus - Urceolus (urk-ee-owe-less) is one of the heteronematine euglenids, all of which are very metabolic and have an ingestion organelle. Urceolus is one of the more rarely reported genera and is distinguished by the flared anterior end of the cell. It has a single emergent flagellum and an ingestion organelle visible as two rods in the cell just adjacent to where the flagellum comes to an arching end within the cell. The emergent flagellum is thickened as it is in most euglenids. Mostly eats Diatoms and detritus. Phase contrast.
| Urceolus - Urceolus (urk-ee-owe-less) is one of the heteronematine euglenids, all of which are very metabolic and have an ingestion organelle. Urceolus is one of the more rarely reported genera and is distinguished by the flared anterior end of the cell. It has a single emergent flagellum and an ingestion organelle visible as two rods in the cell just adjacent to where the flagellum comes to an arching end within the cell. The emergent flagellum is thickened as it is in most euglenids. Mostly eats Diatoms and detritus. Side view. Phase contrast.
| Urceolus - Urceolus (urk-ee-owe-less) is one of the heteronematine euglenids, all of which are very metabolic and have an ingestion organelle. Urceolus is one of the more rarely reported genera and is distinguished by the flared anterior end of the cell. It has a single emergent flagellum and an ingestion organelle visible as two rods in the cell just adjacent to where the flagellum comes to an arching end within the cell. The emergent flagellum is thickened as it is in most euglenids. Mostly eats Diatoms and detritus. Differential interference contrast.
| Urceolus - Urceolus (urk-ee-owe-less) is one of the heteronematine euglenids, all of which are very metabolic and have an ingestion organelle. Urceolus is one of the more rarely reported genera and is distinguished by the flared anterior end of the cell. It has a single emergent flagellum and an ingestion organelle visible as two rods in the cell just adjacent to where the flagellum comes to an arching end within the cell. The emergent flagellum is thickened as it is in most euglenids. Mostly eats Diatoms and detritus. Nucleus and polysaccharide storage granules are evident in this cell. Differential interference contrast.
| Urceolus - Urceolus (urk-ee-owe-less) is one of the heteronematine euglenids, all of which are very metabolic and have an ingestion organelle. This image shows the ingestion apparatus, which is made up of two rods (which seem hollow) and a cap structure. Mostly eats Diatoms and detritus. Nucleus and polysaccharide storage granules are evident in this cell. Differential interference contrast.
| Urceolus - Urceolus (urk-ee-owe-less) is one of the heteronematine euglenids, all of which are very metabolic and have an ingestion organelle. Urceolus is one of the more rarely reported genera and is distinguished by the flared anterior end of the cell. It has a single emergent flagellum and an ingestion organelle visible as two rods in the cell just adjacent to where the flagellum comes to an arching end within the cell. The emergent flagellum is thickened as it is in most euglenids. Mostly eats Diatoms and detritus. This image also shows the ridged pellicle. Differential interference contrast.
| Urceolus costatus - Urceolus costatus (Stein, 1878) Lemmermann, 1910. Cells are ovate, about 40 - 48 microns long, flexible and with an ingestion organelle with two well developed rods. The collar on the anterior part of the cell is less than 10 microns diameter. The posterior end of the cell is rounded. The cells have strong widely spaced striations. There is one emergent flagellum, which is about the cell length. A lot of food materials and Diatoms about 20 microns are present. The position of the nucleus is variable. The cells move by squirming and gliding.
| | Zygabikodinium lenticulatum - Zygabikodinium lenticulatum was reported in Australia by Bolch, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M., 1990 in Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33, 173-192 and by Sonneman, J. A. and Hill, D. R. A., 1997 in A taxonomic survey of cyst-producing dinoflagellates from recent sediments of Victorian coastal waters, Australia. Botanica Marina, 40, 149-177 and by Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B., 1990 in Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water, a danger to aquaculture. In, Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Graneli, E., Sundstroem, B., Edler, L. and Anderson, D.M. (Eds.). Elsevier, New York. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Toxic Marine Phytoplankton pp. 475-480 and by Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C.J., 1992 in Transport of Diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water, Implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research and by Parry, G. D., Langdon, J. S. and Huisman, J. M., 1989 in Toxic effects of a bloom of the Diatom Rhizosolenia chunii in Port Phillip Bay, south eastern Australia. Marine Biology, 102, 25-41. This work was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study.
|
| Found 14 assets matching the search crierion | | Araphid diatom, Centric diatom, Centric diatoms, Concharium diatomeum, Diatom, Diatom deposits, Diatom frustule, Diatom plastid, Diatom1, Diatoma, Diatoma hyemale, Diatoma vulgare, Diatoms, Diatoms at Yellowstone, |
|
|
|
